WO2025184508A1 - Materials and methods for encapsulating therapeutics in lipid nanoparticles - Google Patents
Materials and methods for encapsulating therapeutics in lipid nanoparticlesInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025184508A1 WO2025184508A1 PCT/US2025/017844 US2025017844W WO2025184508A1 WO 2025184508 A1 WO2025184508 A1 WO 2025184508A1 US 2025017844 W US2025017844 W US 2025017844W WO 2025184508 A1 WO2025184508 A1 WO 2025184508A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- solution
- less
- lnps
- lipid
- payload
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/51—Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
- A61K9/5192—Processes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
- A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/51—Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
- A61K9/5107—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/5123—Organic compounds, e.g. fats, sugars
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering nucleic acids [NA]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/20—Type of nucleic acid involving clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats [CRISPR]
Definitions
- the present disclosure generally relates to a novel method for preparing lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) that encapsulate nucleic acid molecules (e.g., oligonucleotides or polynucleotides).
- the lipid nanoparticles can be prepared using lipid components, such as ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, cholesterol, and polymer conjugated lipids.
- the lipid nanoparticles that encapsulate nucleic acid molecules facilitate intracellular delivery both in vitro and in vivo.
- nucleic acids encompassed in lipid nanoparticles using simplified techniques and conditions that are amenable to "bedside" preparation of formulations or are less aggressive in the treatment of the nucleic acid payload during manufacturing.
- present disclosure provides these and related advantages.
- the present disclosure provides methods for preparing lipid nanoparticle formulations that encompass nucleic acid therapeutics (e.g., mRNA) under mild conditions.
- the lipid nanoparticles described herein include ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, charged lipids, steroids (including for example, all sterols) and/or their analogs, and/or polymer conjugated lipids.
- the lipid nanoparticles are used to formulate and deliver nucleic acids such as antisense and/or messenger and/or guide RNA.
- Methods for using lipid nanoparticles following formulation for treatment of various diseases or conditions, such as those caused by infectious entities and/or insufficiency of a protein and/or have a genetic basis, are also provided.
- compositions comprising formulated lipid nanoparticles encompassing nucleic acid molecules are also provided. Such compositions are useful for delivery of the nucleic acid molecules and treatment of various diseases and disorders.
- the present disclosure provides a method for administering a composition comprising a nucleic acid encompassed in a lipid nanoparticle prepared according to methods described herein to a patient in need thereof, the method comprising delivering the composition to the patient.
- Such methods are useful for inducing expression of a protein in a subject, for example for expressing an antigen for purposes of vaccination, or a gene editing protein for correction of genetic disorders.
- FIG. 1 is a depiction of IgG expression as tested using the procedures described in Biological Example 2. Shown from left to right are samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4. In the graph, # indicates p ⁇ 0.01 for sample 6b-3 vs. sample 6a-3 (one tailed test) and * indicates p ⁇ 0.05. Samples were tested using a dose of 0.3 mg/kg.
- FIG. 2 shows IgG expression as tested using the procedures described in Biological Example 2. Shown from left to right are samples 6a-2 and 6b-2. In the graph, p ⁇ 0.01 vs sample 6a-2. Samples were tested using a dose of 1 mg/kg.
- FIG. 3 shows a graphical representation of samples tested for lipid adduct formation after storage at -80°C. Samples were prepared and tested as noted in Table 6a and 6b; from left to right in the graph shows samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4.
- FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of samples tested for lipid adduct formation after storage post dosing (z.e., samples were stored for 2 weeks at 4°C). Samples were prepared and tested as noted in Table 6a and 6b; from left to right in the graph shows samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4.
- FIG. 5 is a graph showing percentage encapsulation for samples prepared according to Table 6a.
- the samples shown include (from left to right) sample 6a- 1 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a- 1 analyzed by RG, sample 6a-2 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a-2 analyzed by RG, sample 6a- 3 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a-3 analyzed by RG, sample 6a-4 analyzed by UPLC, and sample 6a-4 analyzed by RG.
- FIG. 6 shows a graphical representation of percentages of encapsulation for samples prepared according to Table 6b.
- the samples shown include (from left to right) sample 6b-l analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b- 1 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-2 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b-2 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-3 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b-3 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-4 analyzed by UPLC, and sample 6b-4 analyzed by RG.
- FIG. 7 represents data for HAI units measured for a 0.2 pg dose of samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b.
- the graph shows data for (from left to right) samples 9a- 1, 9b- 1, 9a-2, 9b-2, 9a-3 and 9b-3.
- FIG. 8 shows data for HAI units measured for a 0.5 pg dose of samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b.
- the graph shows data for (from left to right) samples 9a- 1, 9b- 1, 9a-2, 9b-2, 9a-3 and 9b-3.
- FIG. 9 illustrates percentage encapsulation compared against loading concentrations at a 10-minute time point. For each concentration (z.e., RNA concentrations of 0.075, 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL), a percentage encapsulation is shown for (from left to right) samples 10-1, 10-2, and 10- 4. Samples 10-1 and 10-2 were not tested concentrations of 0.075
- FIG. 10 shows Z-average size (nm) for samples prepared according to Table 10 (sample 10-1 indicated with a square; sample 10-2 indicated with a diamond; sample 10-4 indicated with a circle). Samples were detected at a 10-minute time point.
- FIG. 11 shows the physical characteristics of LNPs loaded in 25 mM acetate buffer at pH 5.5 across different RNA concentrations.
- FIG. 12 is a graph showing physical characteristics of LNPs loaded in 25 mM acetate buffer at pH 5.9 across different RNA concentrations.
- FIG. 13 shows encapsulation efficiency for LNPs loaded using 25 mM acetate buffers at pH 5.5 and pH 5.9 across different RNA concentrations.
- FIG. 14 shows the effect of acetate concentrations for PFL LNPs at pH 5.9; concentration units for the pH 5.9 acetate concentration are [mM],
- FIG. 15 is a graph showing encapsulation of RNA for LNPs prepared with different mol % of PEG lipids over time.
- FIG. 16 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency as a function of incubation time for different sized LNPs prepared using PFL methods using ionizable lipid B-45.
- FIG. 17 shows changes in particle size (Z-average) after 90-minute incubation time.
- bars show the change in size for LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNP size after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 18 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency related to particle size over a course of incubation time.
- FIG. 19 shows the change in particle size (Z-average) after 90-minute incubation time.
- bars show the change in size for LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 21 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid A-15.
- FIG. 22 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid B-3.
- bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 23 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid B-3.
- FIG. 24 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid D-l. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 25 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid D-L
- FIG. 26 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid C-18.
- bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 27 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid C-18.
- FIG. 28 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 1.8 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. This LNP encapsulated RNA at 97% almost immediately.
- FIG. 29 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 5 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. Encapsulation improved from 20% to 67% over the course of 10 hours.
- FIG. 30 shows serum IgG expression for doses at 0.5 mg/kg. Samples were prepared according to the description of Formulation Example 18. From left to right, FIG. 30 shows results for samples A, B, C, D, and E, respectively. In FIG. 30, * represents p ⁇ 0.05 vs. T-mix control (sample A) and ** represents p ⁇ 0.01 between samples D and E.
- FIG. 31 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for empty LNP samples measured across different time-points after storage at 2-8°C.
- FIG. 32 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for empty LNP samples measured across different time-points after storage at -80°C.
- FIG. 33 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for samples measured across different time-points after storage at 2-8°C after RNA loading post storage.
- FIG. 34 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for samples measured across different time-points after storage at -80°C after RNA loading post storage.
- FIG. 35 shows RNA loading efficiency of stored empty LNPs in terms of encapsulation efficiency.
- Each time-point shows results for (from left to right) 0.5 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 1.0 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 2.0 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 3.1 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 0.1 mg/mL at -80°C, 0.5 mg/mL at -80°C, 1.0 mg/mL at -80°C, and 2.0 mg/mL at -80°C.
- FIG. 36A shows the z-av erage size for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 36B shows the PDI for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 36C shows the total lipid content (mg/mL) for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 37A shows the z-av erage size for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 37B shows the PDI for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 37C shows the total lipid content (mg/mL) for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 38A shows the RNA content for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 38B shows encapsulation efficiency for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 38C shows the RNA integrity for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 39A shows the RNA content for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 39B shows encapsulation efficiency for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 39C shows the LNP integrity for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
- FIG. 40 shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) as a function of the N:P ratio.
- FIG. 41 shows encapsulation efficiency for LNPs as a function of N:P ratio (from an N:P ratio of 9 to 3).
- FIG. 42A shows the RNA encapsulation efficiency of differently sized empty LNP prepared with ionizable lipid B-3 after 10 minutes of incubation with RNA at ambient temperature.
- FIG. 42B shows changes in particle size (Z-av erage) after 10-minute incubation time.
- bars show the change in size for ionizable lipid B-3 LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNP size after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 43 A shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) for ionizable lipid B-3 LNP which have been loaded with either siRNA, saRNA, or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method.
- FIG. 43B shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) for ionizable lipid B-3 LNP which have been loaded with either siRNA, saRNA, or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method.
- FIG. 43 C shows the encapsulation efficiency of LNP loaded with either siRNA, saRNA or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method for LNPs prepared with either ionizable lipid B-3 or C-18 (as indicated).
- FIG. 44A shows LNP z-average empty LNPs formulated in the presence of an aqueous buffer containing increasing concentrations of sodium chloride.
- FIG. 44B shows the z-average size for LNPs formulated using the PFL method in the presence of an aqueous buffer containing increasing concentrations of sodium chloride.
- the present disclosure is based, in part, upon the discovery that nucleic acid molecules were able to be loaded into lipid nanoparticles in an aqueous solution in the absence of any aiding modality (e.g., a disruptive agent such as ethanol, heat, etc.).
- a disruptive agent such as ethanol, heat, etc.
- an aqueous solution comprising "empty" lipid nanoparticles could be mixed with nucleic acid molecules (e.g., in solution or dry) and the nucleic acid molecules are then encapsulated into the lipid nanoparticles to yield particles with surprisingly desirable characteristics (e.g., particle size, poly dispersity index (PDI), encapsulation efficiency, loading (RNA / lipid [wt/pm], etc.).
- PDI poly dispersity index
- lipid nanoparticles LNPs
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods of preparing nucleic acid-lipid nanoparticle compositions via a facile method that can be carried out under mild conditions with minimal equipment.
- the present disclosure provides methods of preparing solutions that enable the formation of improved LNPs for the ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo delivery of mRNA and/or other polynucleotides.
- these improved LNPs are useful for expression of protein encoded by RNA and/or DNA.
- these improved LNPs are useful for upregulation of endogenous protein expression by delivering miRNA inhibitors targeting one specific miRNA or a group of miRNA regulating one target mRNA or several mRNA.
- these LNPs are useful for down-regulating (e.g., silencing) the protein levels and/or mRNA levels of target genes.
- the LNPs are also useful for delivery of mRNA and plasmids for expression of transgenes.
- the LNPs are useful for inducing a pharmacological effect resulting from expression of a protein, e.g., increased production of red blood cells through the delivery of a suitable erythropoietin mRNA, or protection against infection through delivery of mRNA encoding for a suitable antibody.
- the LNPs are useful for gene editing, epigenomic editing, cancer vaccine, Cart-T, gene insertion, Prime editing, or combinations thereof.
- LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used for a variety of purposes, including the delivery of encapsulated or associated (e.g., complexed) therapeutic agents such as nucleic acids to cells, both ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo. Accordingly, embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods of treating or preventing diseases or disorders in a subject in need thereof by contacting the subject (e.g., via injection) with a LNP that encapsulates or is associated with a suitable therapeutic agent or nucleic acid.
- the LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used to induce expression of a desired protein ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo by contacting cells with a LNP described herein, wherein the LNP encapsulates or is associated with a nucleic acid that is expressed to produce the desired protein (e.g., a messenger RNA or plasmid encoding the desired protein).
- a desired protein e.g., a messenger RNA or plasmid encoding the desired protein.
- the LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used to decrease the expression of target genes and proteins both in vitro and in vivo by contacting cells with a LNP described herein, wherein the LNP encapsulates or is associated with a nucleic acid that reduces target gene expression (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide or small interfering RNA (siRNA)).
- a nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide or small interfering RNA (siRNA)
- the LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may also be used for co-delivery of different nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA and plasmid DNA) separately or in combination, such as may be useful to provide an effect requiring colocalization of different nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA encoding for a suitable gene modifying enzyme and DNA segment(s) for incorporation into the host genome).
- nucleic acids e.g., mRNA and plasmid DNA
- Nucleic acids for use with this disclosure may be prepared according to any available technique.
- the primary methodology of preparation is, but not limited to, enzymatic synthesis (also termed in vitro transcription) which currently represents the most efficient method to produce long sequence-specific mRNA.
- In vitro transcription describes a process of template-directed synthesis of RNA molecules from an engineered DNA template comprised of an upstream bacteriophage promoter sequence (e.g., including but not limited to that from the T7, T3, and SP6 coliphage) linked to a downstream sequence encoding the gene of interest.
- an upstream bacteriophage promoter sequence e.g., including but not limited to that from the T7, T3, and SP6 coliphage
- Template DNA can be prepared for in vitro transcription from a number of sources with appropriate techniques which are well known in the art including, but not limited to, plasmid DNA and polymerase chain reaction amplification (see Linpinsel, J.L and Conn, G.L., General protocols for preparation of plasmid DNA template and Bowman, J.C., Azizi, B., Lenz, T.K., Ray, P., and Williams, L.D. in RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE in Recombinant and in vitro RNA syntheses Methods v. 941 Conn G.L. (ed), New York, N.Y. Humana Press, 2012).
- plasmid DNA and polymerase chain reaction amplification see Linpinsel, J.L and Conn, G.L., General protocols for preparation of plasmid DNA template and Bowman, J.C., Azizi, B., Lenz, T.K., Ray, P., and Williams, L.D.
- RNA polymerase adenosine, guanosine, uridine, and cytidine ribonucleoside triphosphates (rNTPs) under conditions that support polymerase activity while minimizing potential degradation of the resultant mRNA transcripts.
- rNTPs cytidine ribonucleoside triphosphates
- In vitro transcription can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to RiboMax Large Scale RNA Production System (Promega), MegaScript Transcription kits (Life Technologies) as well as with commercially available reagents including RNA polymerases and rNTPs.
- the methodology for in vitro transcription of mRNA is well known in the art.
- the desired in vitro transcribed mRNA is then purified from the undesired components of the transcription or associated reactions (including unincorporated rNTPs, protein enzyme, salts, short RNA oligos etc. .
- Techniques for the isolation of the mRNA transcripts are well known in the art. Well known procedures include phenol/chloroform extraction or precipitation with either alcohol (ethanol, isopropanol) in the presence of monovalent cations or lithium chloride. Additional, non-limiting examples of purification procedures which can be used include size exclusion chromatography (Lukavsky, P.J.
- RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE in Recombinant and in vitro RNA syntheses Methods v. 941 Conn G.L. (ed), New York, N.Y. Humana Press, 2012 ). Purification can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to SV Total Isolation System (Promega) and In Vitro Transcription Cleanup and Concentration Kit (Norgen Biotek).
- RNA impurities associated with undesired polymerase activity which may need to be removed from the full-length mRNA preparation.
- dsRNA double-stranded RNA
- RNA-primed transcription from RNA templates self-complementary 3' extension. It has been demonstrated that these contaminants with dsRNA structures can lead to undesired immunostimulatory activity through interaction with various innate immune sensors in eukaryotic cells that function to recognize specific nucleic acid structures and induce potent immune responses.
- HPLC purification eliminates immune activation and improves translation of nucleoside-modified, protein-encoding mRNA, Nucl Acid Res, v.
- Endogenous eukaryotic mRNA typically contains a cap structure on the 5 '-end of a mature molecule which plays an important role in mediating binding of the mRNA Cap Binding Protein (CBP), which is in turn responsible for enhancing mRNA stability in the cell and efficiency of mRNA translation. Therefore, highest levels of protein expression are achieved with capped mRNA transcripts.
- CBP mRNA Cap Binding Protein
- the 5 '-cap contains a 5 '-5 '-triphosphate linkage between the 5 '-most nucleotide and guanine nucleotide.
- the conjugated guanine nucleotide is methylated at the N7 position. Additional modifications include methylation of the ultimate and penultimate most 5 '-nucleotides on the 2'- hydroxyl group.
- 5'-capping of synthetic mRNA can be performed co-transcriptionally with chemical cap analogs (i.e., capping during in vitro transcription).
- the Anti-Reverse Cap Analog (ARC A) cap contains a 5 '-5 '-triphosphate guanine-guanine linkage where one guanine contains an N7 methyl group as well as a 3'-O-methyl group.
- ARC A Anti-Reverse Cap Analog
- the synthetic cap analog is not identical to the 5 '-cap structure of an authentic cellular mRNA, potentially reducing translatability and cellular stability.
- synthetic mRNA molecules may also be enzymatically capped post-transcriptionally. These may generate a more authentic 5 '-cap structure that more closely mimics, either structurally or functionally, the endogenous 5'-cap which have enhanced binding of cap binding proteins, increased half-life, reduced susceptibility to 5' endonucleases and/or reduced 5' de-capping.
- poly-A tail On the 3'-terminus, a long chain of adenine nucleotides (poly-A tail) is normally added to mRNA molecules during RNA processing. Immediately after transcription, the 3' end of the transcript is cleaved to free a 3' hydroxyl to which poly-A polymerase adds a chain of adenine nucleotides to the RNA in a process called polyadenylation.
- the poly-A tail has been extensively shown to enhance both translational efficiency and stability of mRNA (see Bernstein, P. and Ross, J., 1989, Poly (A), poly (A) binding protein and the regulation of mRNA stability, Trends Bio Sci v. 14 373-377; Guhaniyogi, J.
- Poly (A) tailing of in vitro transcribed mRNA can be achieved using various approaches including, but not limited to, cloning of a poly (T) tract into the DNA template or by post- transcriptional addition using Poly (A) polymerase.
- the first case allows in vitro transcription of mRNA with poly (A) tails of defined length, depending on the size of the poly (T) tract, but requires additional manipulation of the template.
- the latter case involves the enzymatic addition of a poly (A) tail to in vitro transcribed mRNA using poly (A) polymerase which catalyzes the incorporation of adenine residues onto the 3 '-termini of RNA, requiring no additional manipulation of the DNA template, but results in mRNA with poly(A) tails of heterogenous length.
- 5'-capping and 3'-poly (A) tailing can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to Poly (A) Polymerase Tailing kit (EpiCenter), mMESSAGE mMACHINE T7 Ultra kit and Poly (A) Tailing kit (Life Technologies) as well as with commercially available reagents, various ARCA caps, Poly (A) polymerase, etc.
- modified nucleosides into in vitro transcribed mRNA can be used to prevent recognition and activation of RNA sensors, thus mitigating this undesired immunostimulatory activity and enhancing translation capacity (see, e.g., Kariko, K. And Weissman, D.
- modified nucleosides and nucleotides used in the synthesis of modified RNAs can be prepared monitored and utilized using general methods and procedures known in the art.
- nucleoside modifications are available that may be incorporated alone or in combination with other modified nucleosides to some extent into the in vitro transcribed mRNA (see, e.g., US Publication No. 2012/0251618). In vitro synthesis of nucleoside-modified mRNA has been reported to have reduced ability to activate immune sensors with a concomitant enhanced translational capacity.
- mRNA which can be modified to provide benefit in terms of translatability and stability
- 5' and 3' untranslated regions include the 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTR).
- Optimization of the UTRs (favorable 5' and 3' UTRs can be obtained from cellular or viral RNAs), either both or independently, have been shown to increase mRNA stability and translational efficiency of in vitro transcribed mRNA (see, e.g., Pardi, N., Muramatsu, H., Weissman, D., Kariko, K., In vitro transcription of long RNA containing modified nucleosides in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology v.969 (Rabinovich, P.H.
- oligonucleotides In addition to mRNA, other nucleic acid payloads may be used for this disclosure.
- methods of preparation include but are not limited to chemical synthesis and enzymatic, chemical cleavage of a longer precursor, in vitro transcription as described above, etc. Methods of synthesizing DNA and RNA nucleotides are widely used and well known in the art (see, e.g., Gait, M. J. (ed.)Oligonucleotide synthesis: a practical approach, Oxford [Oxfordshire], Washington, D.C.: IRL Press, 1984; and Herdewijn, P. (ed.) Oligonucleotide synthesis: methods and applications, Methods in Molecular Biology, v. 288 (Clifton, N.J.) Totowa, N.J.: Humana Press, 2005; both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
- plasmid DNA preparation for use with this disclosure commonly utilizes but is not limited to expansion and isolation of the plasmid DNA in vitro in a liquid culture of bacteria containing the plasmid of interest.
- a gene in the plasmid of interest that encodes resistance to a particular antibiotic penicillin, kanamycin, etc. allows those bacteria containing the plasmid of interest to selective grow in antibiotic-containing cultures.
- Methods of isolating plasmid DNA are widely used and well known in the art (see, e.g., Heilig, J., Elbing, K. L. and Brent, R (2001) Large-Scale Preparation of Plasmid DNA. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology.
- Plasmid isolation can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to Plasmid Plus (Qiagen), GenJET plasmid MaxiPrep (Thermo) and Pure Yield MaxiPrep (Promega) kits as well as with commercially available reagents.
- lipid nanoparticles and compositions comprising the same, and their use to deliver active or therapeutic agents such as nucleic acids to modulate gene and protein expression, are described in further detail below.
- a test sample e.g., a sample of cells in culture expressing the desired protein
- a test mammal e.g., a mammal such as a human or an animal model such as a rodent (e.g., mouse) or a non-human primate (e.g., monkey) model
- a nucleic acid e.g., nucleic acid in combination with a lipid of the present disclosure
- Expression of the desired protein in the test sample or test animal is compared to expression of the desired protein in a control sample (e.g., a sample of cells in culture expressing the desired protein) or a control mammal (e.g., a mammal such as a human or an animal model such as a rodent (e.g., mouse) or non-human primate (e.g., monkey) model) that is not contacted with or administered the nucleic acid.
- a control sample e.g., a sample of cells in culture expressing the desired protein
- a control mammal e.g., a mammal such as a human or an animal model such as a rodent (e.g., mouse) or non-human primate (e.g., monkey) model
- the expression of a desired protein in a control sample or a control mammal may be assigned a value of 1.0.
- inducing expression of a desired protein is achieved when the ratio of desired protein expression in the test sample or the test mammal to the level of desired protein expression in the control sample or the control mammal is greater than 1, for example, about 1.1, 1.5, 2.0, 5.0, or 10.0.
- inducing expression of a desired protein is achieved when any measurable level of the desired protein in the test sample or the test mammal is detected.
- an in increase in expression is achieved when the fold increase in value obtained with a nucleic acid such as mRNA relative to control is about 1.05, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 5000, 10000 or greater.
- Inhibition of expression of a target gene or target sequence is achieved when the value obtained with a nucleic acid such as antisense oligonucleotide relative to the control is about 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, or 0%.
- Suitable assays for measuring expression of a target gene or target sequence include, e.g., examination of protein or RNA levels using techniques known to those of skill in the art such as dot blots, northern blots, in situ hybridization, ELISA, immunoprecipitation, enzyme function, fluorescence or luminescence of suitable reporter proteins, as well as phenotypic assays known to those of skill in the art.
- nucleic acid refers to a polymer containing at least two deoxyribonucleotides and/or ribonucleotides in either single- or double-stranded form and includes DNA, RNA, and hybrids thereof.
- DNA may be in the form of antisense molecules, plasmid DNA, cDNA, PCR products, or vectors.
- RNA may be in the form of small hairpin RNA (shRNA), messenger RNA (mRNA), antisense RNA, miRNA, micRNA, multivalent RNA, dicer substrate RNA or viral RNA (vRNA), and combinations thereof.
- nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g., degenerate codon substitutions), alleles, orthologs, single nucleotide polymorphisms, and complementary sequences as well as the sequence explicitly indicated.
- degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et al., Nucleic Acid Res., 19:5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et al., J. Biol. Chem., 260:2605-2608 (1985); Rossolini et al., Mol. Cell.
- Nucleotides contain a sugar deoxyribose (DNA) or ribose (RNA), a base, and a phosphate group. Nucleotides are linked together through the phosphate groups.
- Bases include purines and pyrimidines, which further include natural compounds adenine, thymine, guanine, cytosine, uracil, inosine, and natural analogs, and synthetic derivatives of purines and pyrimidines, which include, but are not limited to, modifications which place new reactive groups such as, but not limited to, amines, alcohols, thiols, carboxylates, and alkylhalides.
- lipid refers to a group of organic compounds that include, but are not limited to, esters of fatty acids and are generally characterized by being poorly soluble in water, but soluble in many organic solvents.
- a “steroid” is a compound comprising the following carbon skeleton:
- Non-limiting examples of steroids include cholesterol, and the like.
- an “ionizable lipid” refers to a lipid capable of being charged.
- the ionizable lipid is a cationic lipid.
- a "cationic lipid” refers to a lipid capable of being positively charged.
- Exemplary cationic lipids include one or more amine group(s) which can or does bear the positive charge.
- the cationic lipids are ionizable such that they can exist in a positively charged or neutral form depending on pH. The ionization of the cationic lipid affects the surface charge of the lipid nanoparticle under different pH conditions.
- This charge state can influence plasma protein absorption, blood clearance and tissue distribution (Semple, S.C., et al., Adv. Drug Deliv Rev 32:3-17 (1998)) as well as the ability to form endosomolytic non-bilayer structures (Hafez, I.M., et al., Gene Ther 8: 1188-1196 (2001)) critical to the intracellular delivery of nucleic acids.
- lipid nanoparticle refers to particles having at least one dimension on the order of nanometers (e.g., 1-1,000 nm) which comprise components selected from ionizable lipids (e.g., cationic lipids), charged lipids, neutral lipids, steroids, and/or polymer conjugated lipids.
- LNPs are included in a formulation that can be used to deliver an active agent or therapeutic agent, such as a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) to a target site of interest (e.g., cell, tissue, organ, tumor, and the like).
- the LNPs of the disclosure comprise a nucleic acid.
- the active agent or therapeutic agent such as a nucleic acid
- the active agent or therapeutic agent may be encapsulated in the lipid portion of the lipid nanoparticle or an aqueous space enveloped by some or all the lipid portion of the lipid nanoparticle, thereby protecting it from enzymatic degradation or other undesirable effects induced by the mechanisms of the host organism or cells, e.g., an adverse immune response.
- the LNPs have a mean diameter of from about 30 nm to about 150 nm, from about 40 nm to about 150 nm, from about 50 nm to about 150 nm, from about 60 nm to about 130 nm, from about 70 nm to about 110 nm, from about 70 nm to about 100 nm, from about 80 nm to about 100 nm, from about 90 nm to about 100 nm, from about 70 to about 90 nm, from about 80 nm to about 90 nm, from about 70 nm to about 80 nm, or about 30 nm, 35 nm, 40 nm, 45 nm, 50 nm, 55 nm, 60 nm, 65 nm, 70 nm, 75 nm, 80 nm, 85 nm, 90 nm, 95 nm, 100 nm, 105 nm, 110 nm, 115 nm, 120 nm,
- nucleic acids when present in the LNPs, are resistant in aqueous solution to degradation with a nuclease.
- Lipid nanoparticles comprising nucleic acids and their method of preparation are disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0142025, 2007/0042031 and PCT Pub. Nos. WO 2013/016058 and WO 2013/086373, the full disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- encapsulated refers to a lipid nanoparticle that provides an active agent or therapeutic agent, such as a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA), with full encapsulation, partial encapsulation, or both.
- a nucleic acid e.g., mRNA
- the nucleic acid molecules are fully encapsulated in the lipid nanoparticle.
- greater than 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% of the nucleic acid molecules of a sample are fully or partially encapsulated by a lipid nanoparticle.
- polymer conjugated lipid refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polymer portion.
- An example of a polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid.
- pegylated lipid refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polyethylene glycol portion. Pegylated lipids are known in the art and include l-(monomethoxy-polyethyleneglycol)-2,3-dimyristoylglycerol (PEG-DMG) and the like.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is functionalized to facilitate surface modification of the LNPs.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is modified before formation of the LNP.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is modified after formation of the LNP.
- the modification is the addition of a targeting group (e.g., an antibody).
- the modification is the addition of a moiety that decreases clearance of the LNP.
- neutral lipid refers to any of several lipid species that exist either in an uncharged or neutral zwitterionic form at a selected pH.
- such lipids include, but are not limited to, phosphotidylcholines such as 1 ,2-Distearoyl-.s//-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), l ,2-Dipalmitoyl-.s//-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (DPPC), l ,2-Dimyristoyl-.s//-glycero-3- phosphocholine (DMPC), I -Pal mi toyl-2-oleoyl-.s//-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2- dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (DOPC), phophatidylethanolamines such as 1,2-Dioleoyl- .w-glycero-3 -phosphoethanol amine (DOPE), sphingomyelins (SM), ceramides, steroids such as sterols and their derivatives.
- DSPC 1
- charged lipid refers to any of a number of lipid species that exist in either a positively charged or negatively charged form independent of the pH within a useful physiological range, e.g., pH ⁇ 3 to pH ⁇ 9. Charged lipids may be synthetic or naturally derived.
- Examples of charged lipids include phosphatidylserines, phosphatidic acids, phosphatidylglycerols, phosphatidylinositols, sterol hemi succinates, dialkyl trimethylammonium-propanes, (e.g., DOTAP, DOTMA), dialkyl dimethylaminopropanes, ethyl phosphocholines, dimethylaminoethane carbamoyl sterols (e.g., DC-Chol).
- DOTAP phosphatidylglycerols
- phosphatidylinositols sterol hemi succinates
- dialkyl trimethylammonium-propanes e.g., DOTAP, DOTMA
- dialkyl dimethylaminopropanes ethyl phosphocholines
- dimethylaminoethane carbamoyl sterols e.g., DC-Chol
- aqueous solution refers to a composition comprising water.
- the aqueous solution consists essentially of water, salts, acids, and bases (e.g., a buffer).
- the aqueous solution is phosphate buffered saline.
- the aqueous solution is an acetate buffered solution.
- Alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms that contains at least one carbon-carbon double, having from two to twenty -four carbon atoms (C2-C24 alkenyl), two to twelve carbon atoms (C2-C12 alkenyl), six to twenty -four carbon atoms (C6-C24 alkenyl), two to sixteen carbon atoms (C2-C16 alkenyl), four to twelve carbon atoms (C4-C12 alkenyl), two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8 alkenyl), or two to six carbon atoms (C2-C6 alkenyl) and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., ethenyl, n-propenyl, 1 -methylethenyl, n-butenyl, n-pentenyl, 1,1 -dimethylethenyl, 3- methylhexen
- Alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms that contains at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, having from two to twenty-four carbon atoms (C2-C24 alkynyl), two to twelve carbon atoms (C2-C12 alkynyl), two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8 alkynyl), or two to six carbon atoms (C2-C6 alkynyl) and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., ethynyl, n-propynyl, 1-methylethynyl, n-butynyl, n-pentynyl, 1,1-dimethylethynyl, 3 -methylhexynyl, 2-methylhexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynyl group is optionally substituted.
- Alkylene or "alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent saturated hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen.
- an alkylene chain has from one to twenty -four carbon atoms (C1-C24 alkylene), one to fifteen carbon atoms (C1-C15 alkylene), one to twelve carbon atoms (C1-C12 alkylene), one to eight carbon atoms (Ci-Cs alkylene), one to six carbon atoms (Ci-Ce alkylene), four to six carbon atoms (C4-C6 alkylene), two to four carbon atoms (C2-C4 alkylene), one to two carbon atoms (C1-C2 alkylene), e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, ⁇ -butylene, and the like.
- the alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond.
- the points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted.
- Halo refers to a halogen substituent (i.e., F, Cl, Br, or I).
- substituted used herein means any of the above groups (e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, and/or alkynyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom, such as F, Cl, Br, and I, cyano, -OH, or - NH2.
- a halogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I
- cyano, -OH, or - NH2 cyano, -OH, or - NH2.
- optionally substituted alkyl means that the alkyl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted alkyl radicals and alkyl radicals having no substitution.
- optionally substituted means a particular radical is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, and I).
- This disclosure is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds (e.g., ionizable lipids, charged lipids, neutral lipids, polymer conjugated lipids, steroids, etc.) being isotopically labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number.
- isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, n C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 C1, 123 I, and 125 I, respectively.
- radiolabeled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action.
- Certain isotopically labelled compounds for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
- the radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e., 3 H, and carbon- 14, i.e., 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
- substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
- Isotopically labeled compounds can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically labeled reagent in place of the nonlabeled reagent previously employed.
- the disclosure includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this disclosure to a mammal for a period sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
- Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabeled compound of the disclosure in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood, or other biological samples.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound of the disclosure and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans.
- a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients therefor.
- Effective amount refers to that amount of a compound of the disclosure which, when administered to a mammal, preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment in the mammal, preferably a human.
- the amount of a lipid nanoparticle of the disclosure which constitutes a “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and the age of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure.
- Treating covers the treatment of the disease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, having the disease or condition of interest, and includes:
- disease and “condition” may be used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.
- the compounds included as components of the lipid nanoparticle or nucleic acid, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (5)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids.
- the present disclosure is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
- Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (5)-, or (D)- and (L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization.
- stereoisomer refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable.
- the present disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers”, which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
- the "conventional method" for preparing lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) refers to a process that typically includes the following steps:
- RNA dissolved in aqueous buffer
- LNP components dissolved in ethanol
- buffer e.g., PBS and sucrose
- Step (i) is performed over the course of about 2-5 hours.
- Step (ii) is performed over about 1-2 days.
- Step (iii) is performed over about 2-3 hours.
- Step (iv) is performed over about 0.5 hours.
- the disclosure provides novel methods of preparing nucleic acids encompassed in lipid nanoparticles.
- the lipid nanoparticles may include components such as ionizable lipids (e.g., cationic lipids), neutral lipids, charged lipids, steroids, and/or polymer conjugated lipids to form lipid nanoparticles.
- ionizable lipids e.g., cationic lipids
- neutral lipids e.g., neutral lipids
- charged lipids lipid nanoparticles
- One embodiment provide a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; ii) mixing the first solution with dry payload or payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a resultant solution.
- LNPs lipid nanoparticles
- Another embodiment provides a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; ii) mixing the first composition with a payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a first solution.
- LNPs lipid nanoparticles
- One embodiment provides a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; ii) mixing the first composition with second composition comprising dry payload; iii) mixing the first composition and the second composition together with an aqueous first solution, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs.
- LNPs lipid nanoparticles
- RNA containing LNP can be prepared using methods according to present embodiments over a much shorter period than previously known methods.
- a first process of mixing of LNP components e.g., cationic lipids, neutral lipids, pegylated lipids, and/or cholesterol
- second process of dialysis or tangential flow filtration thereby forming a LNP solution comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNP) free of any destabilizing agents (e.g., ethanol).
- destabilizing agents e.g., ethanol
- the first process is carried out in acetate (aqueous) buffer at a pH ranging from 5.5 to 6.5, from 5.6 to 6.6, from 5.7 to 6.7, from 5.8 to 6.8, from 5.9 to 6.9, from 6.0 to 7.0, from 5.4 to 6.4, from 5.3 to 6.3, from 5.2 to 6.2, from 5.1 to 6.1, or from 5.0 to 6.0.
- the first process is carried out in a solution that comprises ethanol.
- the second process is carried out in acetate (aqueous) buffer at a pH ranging from 5.5 to 6.5, from 5.6 to 6.6, from 5.7 to 6.7, from 5.8 to 6.8, from 5.9 to 6.9, from 6.0 to 7.0, from 5.4 to 6.4, from 5.3 to 6.3, from 5.2 to 6.2, from 5.1 to 6.1, or from 5.0 to 6.0.
- acetate (aqueous) buffer at a pH ranging from 5.5 to 6.5, from 5.6 to 6.6, from 5.7 to 6.7, from 5.8 to 6.8, from 5.9 to 6.9, from 6.0 to 7.0, from 5.4 to 6.4, from 5.3 to 6.3, from 5.2 to 6.2, from 5.1 to 6.1, or from 5.0 to 6.0.
- the time taken for the first and second processes is less than 48 hours as measured from the mixing the LNP components until a next step in a process is taken (e.g., a third process). In some embodiments, the time taken for the first and second processes (together) is less than 36 hours, less than 24 hours, less than 12 hours, or less than 8 hours. In some embodiments, the first and second processes (together) take more than more than 12 hours, more than 18 hours, more than 24 hours, more than 36 hours, or more than 48 hours.
- a third process comprises mixing the LNP solution with a (aqueous) solution comprising a payload (e.g., mRNA) thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a payload-LNP solution.
- a payload e.g., mRNA
- the third process is performed at ambient temperature. In some embodiments, the third process is performed at a temperature ranging from 15°C to 30°C, from 20°C to 30°C, from 25°C to 30°C, from 15°C to 25°C, or from 15°C to 20°C.
- a fourth process comprises diluting the payload-LNP solution with an aqueous buffer (e.g., 2* phosphate buffered saline (PBS)). In certain embodiments, the fourth process further comprises mixing after diluting.
- an aqueous buffer e.g., 2* phosphate buffered saline (PBS)
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the time taken for the fourth process is less than 2 hours as measured from the diluting until a next step in a process is taken (e.g., a fifth process). In some embodiments, the time taken for the fourth process is less than 1.5 hours, less than 1 hour, or less than 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the time taken for the fourth process is more than 30 minutes, more than 1 hour, more than 1.5 hours, or more than 2 hours.
- a fifth process comprises adding a solution comprising sucrose (e.g., an aqueous solution) to the solution produces by a fourth process.
- the fifth process further comprises mixing after diluting.
- the fifth process comprises filtration after diluting.
- the aqueous buffer of the fifth process is added in a 1 : 1 ratio to the payload-LNP solution (e.g., vol : vol or wt : wt).
- the solution comprising sucrose further comprises PBS.
- the time taken for the fifth process is less than 30 minutes as measured from the adding until the solution produced by the fifth process is placed in a freezer (e.g., a freezer set to -80°C). In some embodiments, the time taken for the fifth process is less than 20 minutes, less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes, or less than 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the time taken for the fifth process is more than 5 minutes, more than 10 minutes, more than 15 minutes, more than 20 minutes, or more than 25 minutes.
- RNA e.g., mRNA
- RNA is mixed with LNPs that do not yet encompass a payload.
- RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.05 to 2.0 mg/mL.
- RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.05 to 1.75, from 0.05 to 1.5, from 0.05 to 1.25, from 0.05 to 1.15, from 0.05 to 1.0, from 0.05 to 0.75, from 0.05 to 0.65, from 0.05 to 0.5, from 0.05 to 0.35, from 0.05 to 0.25, from 0.05 to 0.15, from 0.05 to 0.10, from 0.05 to 0.085, from 0.05 to 0.075 mg/mL.
- RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.065 to 2.0, from 0.075 to 2.0, from 0.085 to 2.0, from 1.0 to 2.0, from 1.15 to 2.0, from 1.25 to 2.0, from 1.35 to 2.0, from 1.5 to 2.0, from 1.65 to 2.0, from 1.75 to 2.0, from 1.85 to 2.0, or from 1.95 to 2.0 mg/mL.
- RNA is mixed at a maximum concentration of 1.05 mg/mL or 0.065 mg/mL.
- the RNA is mixed in an acetate buffer at a pH ranging from 5.25 to 5.75 (e.g., 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, etc.).
- the RNA is mixed in a phosphate buffer at a pH ranging from 5.6 to 6.0 (e.g., 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, etc.).
- the LNPs in the first solution or the first composition do not encapsulate payload.
- pH of the first solution is less than 7.0. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.8. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.5. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.4, less than 6.3, less than 6.2, less than 6.1, less than 6.0, less than 5.9, less than 5.8, or less than 5.7. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 5.0. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 5.7. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution ranges from 4.5 to 7.4, from 5.5 to 6.5, or from 5.7 to 6.2.
- the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.1 to 1.5, from 0.1 to 1.0, from 0.1 to 0.5, from 0.2 to 0.5, from 0.5 to 0.5, from 0.3 to 0.6, from 0.2 to 0.6, or from 0.4 to 0.8. In certain embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0. In some embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.7.
- the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.5, less than 0.3 or less than 0.1. In some embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.2, or at least 1.5.
- the difference between the pH of the first solution and pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.3 to 1.0, from 0.2 to 0.9, from 0.1 to 1.1, from 0.1 to 0.8, or from 0.2 to 0.7.
- an encapsulation efficiency is at least 70%. In certain embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 80%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 85%. In certain embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 88%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 90%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 95%.
- the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.0 to 7.8. In some embodiments, the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.5 to 7.8. In certain embodiments, the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 7.0 to 7.5.
- the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 20 to 120 nm, or from 30 to 90 nm, from 40 to 120 nm, from 50 to 120 nm, or from 30 to 100 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 60 to 100 nm. In some embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 70 to 90 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 90 nm.
- the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 80 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 70 nm, less than 60 nm, or less than 50 nm.
- the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is an organic solvent.
- the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, sodium dodecyl sulfate, or combinations thereof.
- the temperature of the first solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C immediately before mixing.
- temperature of the second solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C during mixing.
- the temperature of the resultant solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C immediately after mixing.
- the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 20 to 90 mol% or 30 to 90 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 40 to 55 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 46 to 49 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more component selected from neutral lipids, steroids, and polymer conjugated lipids.
- the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a neutral lipid at a concentration ranging from about 5 to about 15 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In certain embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a steroid at a concentration ranging from about 30 to about 50 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
- the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a pegylated lipid at a concentration ranging from 0.1 to 10 mol%, from 0.1 to 5 mol%, from 0.1 to 3 mol%, from 0.1 to 2 mol%, from 0.1 to 1 mol%, 0.5 to 10 mol%, from 0.5 to 5 mol%, from 0.5 to 3 mol%, from 0.5 to 2 mol%, from 0.5 to 1 mol%, 1.0 to 10 mol%, from 1.0 to 5 mol%, from 1.0 to 3 mol%, from 1.0 to 2 mol%, 1.5 to 10 mol%, from 1.5 to 5 mol%, from 1.5 to 5 mol%, from
- 1.5 to 3 mol% from 1.5 to 2 mol%, 2.0 to 10 mol%, from 2.0 to 5 mol%, from 2.0 to 3 mol%,
- the ionizable lipids have the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- G 3 is Ci-Ce alkylene
- R a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R la and R lb are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R la is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R lb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R lb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 2a and R 2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 3a and R 3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a): H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 4a and R 4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 5 and R 6 are each independently H or methyl
- R 7 is C4-C20 alkyl
- R 8 and R 9 are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R 8 and R 9 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
- G 1 and G 2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkylene or C1-C12 alkenylene;
- G 3 is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene;
- R a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently C6-C24 alkyl or C6-C24 alkenyl
- R 4 is C1-C12 alkyl
- R 5 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
- the ionizable lipids have the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- R 1 is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, or R 4 and R 5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
- L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Cis alkylene;
- the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table A or B. In certain embodiments, the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table C.
- the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more neutral lipids selected from DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, DOPE and SM.
- the neutral lipid is DSPC.
- the steroid is cholesterol.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid.
- the pegylated lipid is PEG-DAG, PEG-PE, PEG-S-DAG, PEG-cer or a PEG dialkyoxypropylcarbamate.
- the pegylated lipid has the following: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- R 10 and R 11 are each independently a straight or branched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl containing from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro; and z is an integer ranging from 30 to 60.
- R 10 and R 11 are each independently straight alkyl chain containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the z ranges from 45 to 50.
- the payload is DNA, siRNA, mini circle RNA, PNA, aptamer, guide RNA, PE guide RNA, saRNA, circular RNA, antisense RNA, messenger RNA, Cas9 mRNA, ribonucleoprotein, or a combination thereof.
- the payload is mRNA.
- the method further comprises administering the payload encapsulated in the LNPs to a patient in need thereof.
- One embodiment provides a method for administering a payload encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) to a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering the lipid nanoparticle prepared according to any one of the embodiments of this disclosure.
- LNP lipid nanoparticle
- the administering is performed within 72 hours of the mixing. In certain embodiments, the administering is performed within 24 hours of the mixing. In some embodiments, the administering is performed within 12 hours of the mixing. In certain embodiments, the administering is performed within 4 hours of the mixing.
- the amount of payload is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient. In certain embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient.
- the amount of payload is less than 150 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 100 micrograms or less than 75 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of payload ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
- One embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the LNP produced by the method of this disclosure and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
- kits comprising: i) an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; and ii) dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents.
- kits comprising an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
- kits comprising a dry first composition comprising i) a dry plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; and ii) a first solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
- the kit further comprises dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents.
- the kit further comprises instructions for mixing the first solution with the dry LNPs, the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
- a majority of the payload is encapsulated by the LNPs when the first solution is mixed with the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
- the kit includes one or more unit doses of a payload comprising a nucleic acid.
- the unit dose is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 150 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 75 micrograms. In some embodiments, the unit dose ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- G 3 is Ci-Ce alkylene
- R a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R la and R lb are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R la is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R lb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R lb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 2a and R 2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 3a and R 3b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 4a and R 4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R 4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
- R 5 and R 6 are each independently H or methyl
- R 7 is C4-C20 alkyl
- R 8 and R 9 are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R 8 and R 9 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring
- a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24
- x is 0, 1 or 2.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
- one of L 1 or L 2 is a direct bond.
- a "direct bond” means the group (e.g., L 1 or L 2 ) is absent.
- each of L 1 and L 2 is a direct bond.
- R la and R lb are H or Ci-C 12 alkyl, and R together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R lb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 4a and R 4b are H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R 4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R 2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R 3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carboncarbon double bond.
- carbon-carbon double bond refers to one of the following structures: wherein R c and R d are, at each occurrence, independently H or a substituent.
- R c and R d are, at each occurrence, independently H, C1-C12 alkyl or cycloalkyl, for example H or C1-C12 alkyl.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures: wherein e, f, g and h are each independently an integer from 1 to 12.
- e, f, g and h are each independently an integer from 4 to 10.
- a, b, c, and d are each independently an integer from 2 to 12 or an integer from 4 to 12.
- a, b, c, and d are each independently an integer from 8 to 12 or 5 to 9.
- a is 0.
- a is 1.
- a is 2.
- a is 3.
- a is 4.
- a is 5.
- a is 6.
- a is 7.
- a 8. In some embodiments, a is 9.
- a is 10. In more embodiments, a is 11. In yet other embodiments, a is 12. In some embodiments, a is 13. In other embodiments, a is 14. In more embodiments, a is 15. In yet other embodiments, a is 16.
- b is 1. In other embodiments, b is 2. In more embodiments, b is 3. In yet other embodiments, b is 4. In some embodiments, b is 5. In other embodiments, b is 6. In more embodiments, b is 7. In yet other embodiments, b is 8. In some embodiments, b is 9. In other embodiments, b is 10. In more embodiments, b is 11. In yet other embodiments, b is 12. In some embodiments, b is 13. In other embodiments, b is 14. In more embodiments, b is 15. In yet other embodiments, b is 16.
- c is 1. In other embodiments, c is 2. In more embodiments, c is 3. In yet other embodiments, c is 4. In some embodiments, c is 5. In other embodiments, c is 6. In more embodiments, c is 7. In yet other embodiments, c is 8. In some embodiments, c is 9. In other embodiments, c is 10. In more embodiments, c is 11. In yet other embodiments, c is 12. In some embodiments, c is 13. In other embodiments, c is 14. In more embodiments, c is 15. In yet other embodiments, c is 16.
- d is 0. In some embodiments, d is 1. In other embodiments, d is 2. In more embodiments, d is 3. In yet other embodiments, d is 4. In some embodiments, d is 5. In other embodiments, d is 6. In more embodiments, d is 7. In yet other embodiments, d is 8. In some embodiments, d is 9. In other embodiments, d is 10. In more embodiments, d is 11. In yet other embodiments, d is 12. In some embodiments, d is 13. In other embodiments, d is 14. In more embodiments, d is 15. In yet other embodiments, d is 16.
- e is 1. In other embodiments, e is 2. In more embodiments, e is 3. In yet other embodiments, e is 4. In some embodiments, e is 5. In other embodiments, e is 6. In more embodiments, e is 7. In yet other embodiments, e is 8. In some embodiments, e is 9. In other embodiments, e is 10. In more embodiments, e is 11. In yet other embodiments, e is 12.
- f is 1. In other embodiments, f is 2. In more embodiments, f is 3. In yet other embodiments, f is 4. In some embodiments, f is 5. In other embodiments, f is 6. In more embodiments, f is 7. In yet other embodiments, f is 8. In some embodiments, f is 9. In other embodiments, f is 10. In more embodiments, f is 11. In yet other embodiments, f is 12.
- g is 1. In other embodiments, g is 2. In more embodiments, g is 3. In yet other embodiments, g is 4. In some embodiments, g is 5. In other embodiments, g is 6. In more embodiments, g is 7. In yet other embodiments, g is 8. In some embodiments, g is 9. In other embodiments, g is 10. In more embodiments, g is 11. In yet other embodiments, g is 12.
- h is 1. In other embodiments, e is 2. In more embodiments, h is 3. In yet other embodiments, h is 4. In some embodiments, e is 5. In other embodiments, h is 6. In more embodiments, h is 7. In yet other embodiments, h is 8. In some embodiments, h is 9. In other embodiments, h is 10. In more embodiments, h is 11. In yet other embodiments, h is 12.
- a and d are the same. In some other embodiments, b and c are the same. In some other specific embodiments and a and d are the same and b and c are the same.
- the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are factors which may be varied to obtain a lipid having the desired properties.
- a and b are chosen such that their sum is an integer ranging from 14 to 24.
- c and d are chosen such that their sum is an integer ranging from 14 to 24.
- the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are the same.
- the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are both the same integer which may range from 14 to 24.
- a. b, c and d are selected such that the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d is 12 or greater.
- R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a are not particularly limited. In some embodiments, at least one of R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is H. In certain embodiments R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a are H at each occurrence. In certain other embodiments at least one of R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is C1-C12 alkyl. In certain other embodiments at least one of R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is Ci-Cs alkyl.
- At least one of R la , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is Ci-Ce alkyl.
- the Ci-Cs alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl or n-octyl.
- R la , R lb , R 4a and R 4b are C1-C12 alkyl at each occurrence.
- At least one of R lb , R 2b , R 3b and R 4b is H or R lb , R 2b , R 3b and R 4b are H at each occurrence.
- R lb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R lb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R 4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 5 and R 6 are not particularly limited in the foregoing embodiments. In certain embodiments one of R 5 or R 6 is methyl. In other embodiments each of R 5 or R 6 is methyl.
- R a is H or C1-C12 alkyl
- R b is C1-C15 alkyl
- x is 0, 1 or 2.
- R b is branched C1-C15 alkyl.
- R b has one of the following structures: In certain other of the foregoing embodiments, one of R 8 or R 9 is methyl. In other embodiments, both R 8 and R 9 are methyl.
- R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring.
- R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5- membered heterocyclic ring, for example a pyrrolidinyl ring.
- R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 6- membered heterocyclic ring, for example a piperazinyl ring.
- G 3 is C2-C4 alkylene, for example C3 alkylene.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table A below.
- G 1 and G 2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkylene or C1-C12 alkenylene;
- G 3 is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene;
- R a is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently C6-C24 alkyl or C6-C24 alkenyl
- R 4 is C1-C12 alkyl
- R 5 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures: wherein:
- A is a 3 to 8-membered cycloalkyl or cycloalkylene ring
- R 6 is, at each occurrence, independently H, OH or C1-C24 alkyl; and n is an integer ranging from 1 to 15.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures: wherein y and z are each independently integers ranging from 1 to 12.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
- the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
- n is an integer ranging from 2 to 12, for example from 2 to 8 or from 2 to 4.
- n is 3, 4, 5 or 6.
- n is 3.
- n is 4.
- n is 5.
- n is 6.
- y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 2 to 10.
- y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 4 to 9 or from 4 to 6.
- R 6 is H. In other of the foregoing embodiments, R 6 is C1-C24 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 6 is OH.
- G 3 is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, G3 is substituted. In various different embodiments, G 3 is linear C1-C24 alkylene or linear C1-C24 alkenylene.
- R 1 or R 2 is C6-C24 alkenyl.
- R 1 and R 2 each, independently have the following structure: wherein:
- R 7a and R 7b are, at each occurrence, independently H or C1-C12 alkyl; and a is an integer from 2 to 12, wherein R 7a , R 7b and a are each selected such that R 1 and R 2 each independently comprise from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- a is an integer ranging from 5 to 9 or from 8 to 12.
- At least one occurrence of R 7a is H.
- R 7a is H at each occurrence.
- at least one occurrence of R 7b is Ci-Cs alkyl.
- Ci- Cs alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl or n-octyl.
- R 1 or R 2 has one of the following structures:
- R 4 is methyl or ethyl.
- the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table C below.
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- R 1 is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl; R 2 and R 3 are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, or R 4 and R 5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
- L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Cis alkylene;
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
- R 1 is optionally substituted Ce-Cis alkyl or C14-C18 alkenyl.
- R 1 is Cs alkyl, C9 alkyl, C10 alkyl, Ci 2 alkyl, C14 alkyl, or Ci6 alkyl.
- R 1 is Ci6 alkenyl.
- R 1 is unbranched. In some embodiments, R 1 is branched. In certain embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted.
- n is 9. In some embodiments, n is 10. In some embodiments, L 1 is Ci-Ce alkylene. In certain embodiments, L 1 is C2 alkylene, C3 alkylene, or C4 alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L 1 is unbranched. In certain more specific embodiments, L 1 is unsubstituted.
- R 2 is C8-C24 alkyl.
- R 3 is C8-C24 alkyl.
- R 2 and R 3 are both C8-C24 alkyl.
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently Cn alkyl, C12 alkyl, C13 alkyl, C14 alkyl, C15 alkyl, Ci6 alkyl, Cis alkyl, or C20 alkyl.
- R 2 is branched.
- R 3 is branched.
- R 2 and R 3 each independently have one of the following structures: wherein:
- R 6 and R 7 are each independently C2-C12 alkyl.
- R 2 and R 3 each independently have one of the following structures:
- L 2 and L 3 are each independently C4-C10 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L 2 and L 3 are both C5 alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L 2 and L 3 are both Ce alkylene. In certain embodiments, L 2 and L 3 are both Cs alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L 2 and L 3 are both C9 alkylene. In some embodiments, L 2 is unbranched. In some embodiments, L 3 is unbranched. In more specific embodiments, L 2 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, L 2 is unsubstituted.
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently Ci-Ce alkyl. In more specific embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are both methyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are both ethyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is methyl and R 5 is n-butyl. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are both n-butyl. In different embodiments, R 4 is methyl and R 5 is n-hexyl.
- R 4 and R 5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl.
- the heterocyclyl is a 5-membered heterocyclyl.
- the heterocyclyl has the following structure:
- the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table C below.
- One embodiment provides an ionizable lipid having the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- L la and L lb are each independently optionally substituted C3-C12 alkyl;
- R 3 and R 6 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl
- R 4a , R 4b , and R 5 are each independently optionally substituted alkyl;
- R 7 is optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl or optionally substituted arylalkyl;
- nl is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
- X is C2-C6 alkylene or C4-C20 alkyleneoxide.
- X is: wherein: n2 is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; n3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n4 is 2, 3, or 4; and n5 is 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- L la is C5-C9 alkyl. In certain embodiments, L lb is C5-C9 alkyl. In some embodiments, L la is C5-, Ce-, C7-, or Cg-alkyl. In certain embodiments, L lb is C5-, Ce-, C7-, or Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, L la is Cs-alkyl. In certain embodiments, L la is Ce-alkyl. In some embodiments, L la is C7-alkyl. In certain embodiments, L la is Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, L lb is Cs-alkyl. In certain embodiments, L lb is Ce-alkyl.
- L lb is C7-alkyl. In certain embodiments, L lb is Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, L la is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, L lb is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, L la is unbranched. In certain embodiments, L lb is unbranched.
- R 4a is Cs-C24-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4a is Cio-Cis-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4a is Cn-Cie-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4a is Cn-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4a is Cis-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4a is Ci6-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4b is Cs-C24-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4b is Cio-Cis-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4b is Cn-Ci6-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4b is Cn-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4b is Cn-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4b is Ci6-alkyl.
- R 4a is branched. In some embodiments, R 4b is branched. In certain embodiments, R 4a is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R 4b is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, R 4a has one of the following structures:
- R 4b has one of the following structures:
- R 5 is unbranched. In some embodiments, R 5 has one of the following structures:
- R 6 is Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is C1-C10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 6 is Ci-C4-alkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is Ci-, C2-, C3-, Ce-, Cs-, or Cio-alkyl. In certain embodiments, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, or n-decyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is unbranched. In certain embodiments, R 6 is methyl or n-butyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is un substituted. In some embodiments, R 6 is substituted.
- R 7 is C1-C3 alkyl or C7-C16 arylalkyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is C7-C16 arylalkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted.
- R 7 is -CH3 or has the following structure:
- R 7 has the following structure:
- R 3 is optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n- hexyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted methyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is Ci-Ce alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is C2- or C4- alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R 3 is hydrogen.
- X is .
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
- n2 is 3, 4,
- the ionizable lipid has the following structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
- n3 is 0 or 1.
- n4 is 2 or 3.
- n5 is 3.
- nl is 3, 4, or 5. In certain embodiments, nl is 2. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table D below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
- LNPs prepared according to the present disclosure may be used for delivery of therapeutic agents, such as nucleic acids.
- the components of the LNPs are present in an amount that is effective to form an LNP, encapsulate a therapeutic agent (e.g., a nucleic acid) under mild conditions, and deliver a therapeutic agent.
- a therapeutic agent e.g., a nucleic acid
- the delivery facilitates treating a particular disease or condition of interest. Appropriate concentrations and dosages can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
- compositions comprising a lipid nanoparticle a therapeutic agent and optionally additional lipid excipients.
- the composition further comprises one or more component selected from ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, steroids, and polymer conjugated lipids.
- the therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid.
- the nucleic acid is selected from antisense and messenger RNA.
- the nucleic acid is mRNA.
- the composition is a vaccine (e.g., a COVID-19 vaccine).
- ionizable lipids e.g., cationic lipids
- synthesis can be found in the following publications:
- Lipids e.g., ionizable lipids
- the lipid nanoparticle comprises one or more neutral lipids selected from DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, DOPE and SM.
- the neutral lipid is DSPC.
- the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to the neutral lipid ranges from about 2: 1 to about 8: 1.
- the steroid is cholesterol.
- the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to cholesterol ranges from about 2: 1 to about 1 : 1.
- the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to cholesterol ranges from about 5: 1 to about 1 : 1 or from about 2: 1 to about 1 : 1.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid.
- the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid.
- some embodiments include a pegylated diacylglycerol (PEG-DAG) such as 1 -(monomethoxy -polyethyleneglycol)-2, 3 -dimyristoylglycerol (PEG-DMG), a pegylated phosphatidylethanoloamine (PEG-PE), a PEG succinate diacylglycerol (PEG-S-DAG) such as 4- O-(2’,3 ’ -di(tetradecanoyloxy)propyl- 1 -0-(o -methoxy(polyethoxy)ethyl)butanedioate (PEG-S- DMG), a pegylated ceramide (PEG-cer), or a PEG dialkoxypropyl
- PEG-DAG pe
- the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to the pegylated lipid ranges from about 100: 1 to about 10: 1 or from about 100: 1 to about 25: 1. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to pegylated lipid ranges from about 100: 1 to about 20: 1 or from about 100: 1 to about 10: 1. In some embodiments, the pegylated lipid is PEG-DMG. In some embodiments, the pegylated lipid is PEG-DAG, PEG-PE, PEG-S-DAG, PEG-cer or a PEG dialkyoxypropylcarbamate.
- the lipid nanoparticle comprises at least one pegylated lipid having a structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
- R 10 and R 11 are each independently a straight or branched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl containing from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro; and z is an integer ranging from 30 to 60.
- R 10 and R 11 are each independently straight, alkyl chains containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 10 and R 11 are each independently straight alkyl chains containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms.
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently:
- the at least one pegylated lipid has the following structure (“PEG Lipid 1”):
- PEG Lipid 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
- the lipid nanoparticle comprises a plurality of pegylated lipids.
- the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 40 to 55. In some embodiments, the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 40 to 50, or 42 to 48. In some embodiments, the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 30 to 55, 30 to 50, 30 to 45, 30 to 40, or 30 to 35. In some embodiments, the plurality of lipids has an average value of z ranging from 35 to 55, 40 to 55, 42 to 55, 45 to 55, or 48 to 55.
- mol percent refers to a component’s molar percentage relative to the total number of mols of all components of a lipid nanoparticle excluding a therapeutic agent (e.g., total mols of ionizable lipid(s), neutral lipid(s), steroid(s), and/or polymer conjugated lipid(s)).
- a therapeutic agent e.g., total mols of ionizable lipid(s), neutral lipid(s), steroid(s), and/or polymer conjugated lipid(s)
- the ionizable lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 20 to about 70 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 35 to about 70 mol%, from about 40 to about 60 mol%, from about 45 to about 50 mol%, from about 45 to about 49 mol%, from about 40 to about 55 mol%, or from about 46 to about 48 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
- the neutral lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 5 to about 15 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 7 to about 12 mol%, from about 6 to about 11 mol%, or from about 8 to about 13 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
- the steroid is present at a concentration ranging from about 30 to about 60 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the steroid is present at a concentration ranging from about 40 to about 50 mol%, from about 41 to about 49 mol%, or from about 46 to about 44 mol%. In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 3.5 to about 5.5 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 1.0 to about 3.0 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 1.0 to about 2.5 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
- compositions of the disclosure may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suspensions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, and aerosols.
- routes of administering such pharmaceutical compositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal, inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal.
- parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure are formulated to allow the active ingredients contained therein to be bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient.
- Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be a single dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the disclosure in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units.
- Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 2000).
- composition to be administered will, in any event, contain a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent (e.g., a nucleic acid) of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings of this disclosure.
- a therapeutic agent e.g., a nucleic acid
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for treatment of a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings of this disclosure.
- the administration is a local administration (e.g., direct injection into an eye or brain).
- Some embodiments provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the lipid nanoparticles (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. Certain embodiments provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the lipid nanoparticles (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) and the payload (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. Some other embodiments, provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the payload (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. The composition may be prepared, packaged, or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, or as a plurality of single unit doses.
- a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient (e.g., mRNA).
- the amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered to a subject or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
- the administration may be via a syringe injection, or an intravenous drip and the unit dose may be contained with a suitable container (e.g., a bottle, vial, ampoule, bag, etc.).
- the unit dose may be administered over a short period (e.g., under 5 seconds or under 30 seconds) or over a longer period (e.g., over the course of hours or days).
- unit dose comprises a payload that is mRNA and is administered as a single injection. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 mg per kg (of the patient). In some embodiments, the unit dose is contained in a syringe.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure is in the form of an aqueous solution.
- the aqueous solution comprises one or more carrier(s), which may be liquid or dissolve in liquid.
- the carrier(s) facilitate aerosol delivery, which is useful in, for example, inhalatory administration.
- the administration is via inhalation and the composition is aerosolized.
- the composition is administered to treat surfaces with mucosa.
- the administration targets extrahepatic tissue by prolonged circulation. In some embodiments, the administration targets extrahepatic tissue and the LNP includes a targeting moiety (e.g., an antibody).
- a targeting moiety e.g., an antibody
- the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a liquid (e.g., an aqueous solution), for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion, or suspension.
- a liquid e.g., an aqueous solution
- the liquid may be for delivery by intravenous injection or intramuscular injection, as two examples.
- one or more of surfactant(s), preservative(s), wetting agent(s), dispersing agent(s), suspending agent(s), buffer(s), stabilizer(s), isotonic agent(s), or combinations thereof may be included.
- the liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose; agents to act as cryoprotectants such as sucrose or trehalose.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made
- a liquid pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure intended for parenteral administration should contain an amount of a therapeutic agent of the disclosure such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base.
- the base for example, may comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers.
- Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical composition for topical administration.
- the composition may include a transdermal patch or iontophoresis device.
- composition of the disclosure may be intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug.
- the composition for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitable nonirritating excipient.
- bases include, without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter, and polyethylene glycol.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may also include an agent that binds to the surface of the lipid nanoparticle of the disclosure and thereby assists in the delivery of the therapeutic agent.
- Suitable agents that may act in this capacity include a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, or a protein.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may consist of dosage units that can be administered as an aerosol.
- aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the disclosure may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems to deliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, sub-containers, and the like, which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undue experimentation may determine preferred aerosols.
- compositions of the disclosure may be prepared by methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art.
- a pharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection can be prepared by combining the lipid nanoparticles of the disclosure with sterile, distilled water or other carrier to form a solution.
- a surfactant may be added to facilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension.
- Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compound of the disclosure to facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.
- compositions of the disclosure are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, which will vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific therapeutic agent employed; the metabolic stability and length of action of the therapeutic agent; the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate of excretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorder or condition; and the subject undergoing therapy.
- compositions of the disclosure may also be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of one or more other therapeutic agents.
- combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation of a composition of the disclosure and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of the composition of the disclosure and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation.
- a composition of the disclosure and the other active agent can be administered to the patient together in a single dosage composition (e.g., an injection), or each agent administered in separate dosage formulations.
- the compounds of the disclosure and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
- Suitable protecting groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid.
- Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, /-butyldimethylsilyl, /-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethyl silyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like.
- Suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t- butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
- Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include -C(O)-R" (where R" is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), /?-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like.
- Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl esters.
- Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T.W. and P.G.M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3 rd Ed., Wiley.
- the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
- starting components for making ionizable lipids may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5 th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described in this disclosure.
- the following parameters and procedures were used to test loading of lipid nanoparticles with nucleic acids following formation of lipid nanoparticles (ie., instead of encapsulating the nucleic acid during or concomitant with the lipid nanoparticle formation process - so called "post formulation loading,” “post formation loading,” or “PFL”). More specifically, for the PFL method the LNPs were formed, lipid solubilizing agents necessary to the formation step (e.g., ethanol) were removed, and the resultant LNPs were then combined with a payload (e.g., mRNA) under specific conditions thereby encapsulating the payload. For these experiments, different methods and steps for loading, and different post-loading neutralization methods were used.
- a payload e.g., mRNA
- LNP samples for control samples were prepared using standard methods with specific variations as described herein. These general methods are as described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639) with variations specified herein.
- RNA payload mRNA encoding hAAT was thawed at room temperature and the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.08 mg/mL. The RNA was then diluted in 10 mM Phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 0.100 mg/mL.
- LNP were prepared by mixing the lipid solution with the aqueous solution of RNA diluted in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 as generally described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639). Briefly, the solutions were combined at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., RNA solution to lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. As shown in Table 1 below, when the LNP are formed as described with the RNA stock at pH 7.4, the RNA is not encapsulated during the mixing process and the resulting LNP suspension is comprised of empty LNP with RNA in solution external to the LNP.
- This mixture of empty LNP and external RNA was separated into 2 aliquots, and both were dialyzed in 1.5 L of 10 mM phosphate, pH 7.4 for 1.5 hours.
- the first aliquot (Aliquot 1 in Table 1 below) was transferred to 6 L of Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline pH 7.4 (DPBS) and dialyzed until the samples were collected the next day.
- the second aliquot (Aliquot 2 in the Table 1 below) was transferred to 2 L of 25 mM Acetate buffer, pH 5.9 and dialyzed for 11.5 hours, after which the sample was transferred to 1 L of DPBS and allowed to dialyze for 6 hours.
- RNA encapsulation in this way does not require any additional aids such as a solvent, surfactant or elevated temperature.
- RNA payload mRNA encoding firefly luciferase was thawed at room temperature and the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.04 mg/mL. The RNA then was diluted in 10 mM Phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 0.100 mg/mL.
- LNP were prepared by mixing the lipid solution with the aqueous solution of RNA diluted in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 as generally described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639). Briefly, the solutions were combined at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., RNA solution to lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively.
- the RNA is not encapsulated during the mixing process and the resulting LNP suspension is comprised of empty LNP with RNA in solution external to the LNP.
- This mixture of empty LNP and external RNA was separated into 5 aliquots and dialyzed using 12-14 kDa regenerated cellulose dialysis tubing in 1.4 L of 10 mM phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 for 2 hours.
- encapsulation of nucleic acid can be achieved after the LNP has already formed by exposing the mixture of empty LNP and external RNA to an acidic pH.
- the encapsulation of RNA occurs without any additional aids (e.g., such as surfactants or solvents or elevated temperature, or requiring encapsulation to occur concomitant with the initial LNP formation.
- a lipid mixture was prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to the ionizable lipid.
- the final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid C-18, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM.
- RNA was combined with the lipid solution at a 3 : 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 ml/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively.
- the LNP suspension was collected and allowed to sit at room temperature for approximately 15 min then ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (pH 5.9) at a volume 200-times that of the LNP suspension. Following dialysis, the empty LNP were filtered (0.2 pm) and analyzed to determine physical attributes.
- lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
- RNA-LNP Loading of LNP with mRNA payload mRNA encoding firefly luciferase was thawed at room temperature and a concentration of 1.09 mg/mL was found by measuring absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260nm.
- the empty LNP solution was diluted in 25 mM acetate buffer, pH 5.9 to achieve a concentration of 3.17 mM total lipid.
- RNA (0.686 mL, 1.09 mg/mL) was added to the LNP solution by pipetting followed by gently inverting the tube several times. This produced an RNA-LNP mixture with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL.
- RNA-LNP The RNA-LNP mixture was allowed to incubate at room temperature and aliquots (1 mL) were taken at 10, 30, 50, 70 and 90 minutes. At each time point the RNA-LNP aliquot was added to 19 mL of 1 x DPBS. The PBS-diluted RNA-LNP was mixed gently by inversion, then the sample was analyzed for particle size and RNA encapsulation (Table 3). In addition to this dilution timecourse, further aliquots of RNA-LNP (1 mL) were transferred to dialysis bags and dialyzed in DPBS (at 200-times the volume) at the 10, 30, 70, 90 min timepoints. The remaining empty LNP were also dialyzed against PBS from time 0. The dialysis process was stirred overnight at room temperature, after which the empty LNP formulations were filtered (0.2 pm) and then analyzed to determine particle size and RNA encapsulation.
- Table 3 Physical attributes of LNP following 20-fold direct dilution of the PPL RNA-LNP with DPBS.
- encapsulation of nucleic acid can be achieved after the LNP has already formed by introducing the RNA to a suspension of LNP held at a mildly acidic pH of 5.9 and then bringing the mixture back to a neutral pH suitable for in vivo administration.
- the encapsulation of RNA occurs without any additional aids such as surfactants or solvents or temperature, or requiring encapsulation to occur when the LNP are forming.
- RNA-LNP Preparation of RNA-LNP by direct addition of RNA to a suspension of empty LNP followed by direct dilution in DPBS to neutralize the pH, yields RNA-LNP of a reasonable size and poly dispersity with high RNA encapsulation.
- the data indicates the encapsulation process is effectively complete (e.g., greater than 95% encapsulation) within 10 minutes although marginal improvement is observed for longer incubation times prior to direct dilution. There is a trend to smaller particle size and higher encapsulation efficiency with additional incubation time prior to direct dilution.
- the following example shows results for the PFL method using different sample neutralization methods post-loading for a range of formulations based on different ionizable cationic lipids.
- Lipid mixtures were prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to a separate weighing of neat ionizable lipid for each of three ionizable cationic lipids: ionizable lipid A-15, ionizable lipid B-3, and ionizable lipid C-18.
- the final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5:10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM.
- an aqueous solution of 25 mM acetate buffer pH 5.9 (z.e., without RNA) was combined with the lipid solution at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates of 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively.
- the LNP suspension was collected and allowed to sit at room temperature for approximately 15 min then ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (pH 5.9) at a volume 200-times that of the LNP suspension.
- Total lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
- a 1 : 1 molar ratio mixture of 2 mRNA encoding the heavy chain and light chain of an anti-flu IgG antibody was thawed out at room temperature and diluted in nuclease-free water to a working concentration of approximately 1 mg/mL.
- the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.12 mg/mL RNA.
- the empty LNP solution was added to a polypropylene conical tube and was diluted in 25 mM acetate buffer, pH 5.9 to achieve a concentration of 3.17 mM total lipid.
- RNA-LNP 0.806 mL of the 1.12 mg/mL RNA stock was then added to the LNP solution by pipetting followed by gently inverting the tube several times. This produced an RNA-LNP mixture with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL. The RNA-LNP mixture was incubated at room temperature for 90 min. C) Processing and analysis of the RNA-LNP (neutralization and concentration)
- RNA-LNP mixture was split and either diluted or dialyzed in neutral pH buffer solutions to return the sample to a neutral pH.
- neutralization step three different methods were investigated for this neutralization step:
- 2x Dilution with 2x DPBS 1 volume of LNP mixture was added to an equal volume of 2x concentrated DPBS. The sample was then concentrated to -1 mg/mL RNA by ultracentrifugation and stored at 2-8 °C overnight.
- Dialysis in DPBS the LNP mixture was loaded into a dialysis bag and dialyzed against a 1 x DPBS at 200-times the volume of the RNA-LNP mixture in acetate buffer overnight. After dialysis, the sample was then concentrated to -1 mg/mL RNA by ultracentrifugation.
- RNA-LNP samples were analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA content using UPLC methods.
- Table 4a Data generated using Formulations based on ionizable lipid A-15 - Size, polydispersity, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
- Table 4b Data generated using Formulations Based on ionizable lipid B-3 - Size, polydispersity, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
- Table 4c Data generated using Formulations based on ionizable lipid C-18 - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
- Tables 4a-c demonstrate that Size/PDI, RNA encapsulation and drug to lipid ratios were all generally within desirable parameters across formulations based on ionizable lipids from three chemically distinct chemical classes, regardless of the variations in post loading sample neutralization strategies employed here. In all cases, the empty LNP stocks displayed a smaller mean size that grew by -15-25 nm in the final state. All samples were stable with respect to freeze/thaw z.e., minor if any growth in size or PDI after freeze/thaw and no impact on encapsulation efficiency.
- formulations based on ionizable lipid B-3 demonstrated lower encapsulation efficiency at -90% than the -97% or greater observed for other formulations in this study.
- the apparent pKa of ionizable lipid B-3 is 6.09 compared to 6.35 for ionizable lipid A-15 and 6.45 for ionizable lipid C-18.
- the following example demonstrates alternative PFL conditions for improved encapsulation with formulation based on ionizable lipid B-3 and demonstrates the PFL method for formulations based on a related ionizable lipid B-45 using the original conditions.
- Lipid mixtures were prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to a separate weighing of neat ionizable lipid for each of two ionizable cationic lipids: ionizable lipid B-3 and ionizable lipid B-45.
- the final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM.
- RNA was combined with the lipid solution at a 3 : 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T- mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 ml/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. Suspensions were allowed to rest at room temperature for approximately 15 minutes after mixing was completed. Following this step, ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (for ionizable lipid B-3 pH 5.5; for ionizable lipid B-45 pH 5.9) at a volume 200 x greater than that of the LNP preparation (using 12-14 kDa regenerated cellulose dialysis tubing).
- the empty LNP formulations were filtered using a 0.2 pm syringe filter and analyzed to determine particle size (by dynamic light scattering) and lipid concentration.
- Total lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
- a 1 : 1 molar ratio mixture of 2 mRNA encoding the heavy chain and light chain of an anti-flu IgG antibody was thawed out at room temperature and diluted in nuclease-free water to a working concentration of approximately 1 mg/mL.
- the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.12 mg/mL RNA.
- RNA stock (0.806 mL, 1.12 mg/mL) was then added to each of the LNP solutions by pipetting and gently inverting the tube several times following RNA addition. This produced an RNA-LNP solution with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL. The RNA-LNP mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 90 min.
- RNA-LNP mixture was split and either diluted or dialyzed in neutral pH buffer solutions to return the sample to a neutral pH.
- neutralization step two different methods were investigated for this neutralization step:
- 2x PBS dialysis dilution After the incubation period the mixture was added to an equal volume of 2x DPBS in a polypropylene conical tube. The DPBS diluted RNA-LNP was analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA concentration. Dialysis in DPBS: Following incubation the LNP mixture was loaded into a dialysis bag and dialyzed against a 1 x DPBS solution (pH 7.4) at 200* the volume of the LNP mixture in acetate buffer.
- RNA-LNP formulations were then analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA concentration following a single free/thaw cycle.
- Table 5a Data generated using Cationic Lipid B-3 (pH 5.5) - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
- Table 5b Data generated using ionizable lipid B-45 (pH 5.9) - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
- Table 6a Parameters for formulations prepared according to conventional methods
- Test samples were also prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2* PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 4 formulations were prepared as noted below.
- Table 6b Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
- Table 6c Physical characteristics for samples 6a-l through 6a-4 and 6b-l through 6b-4
- Intensity mean particle diameter As illustrated in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, both types of formulations showed comparable activity at low doses for sample 6a- 1 vs. sample 6b- 1 and for sample 6a-2 vs. sample 6b-2. Sample 6b-3 was more active than sample 6a-3.
- lipid adducts were tested for the formation of lipid adducts after storage at -80°C. It was discovered that lipid adducts are initially worse for samples prepared using conventional methods (e.g., samples as shown in Table 6a) compared to methods prepared according to embodiments described herein (e.g., samples as shown in Table 6b). Results for lipid adduct testing are shown in FIG. 3 (freshly ran from -80°C) and FIG. 4 (same samples post-dose and storage for 2 weeks at 4°C).
- RiboGreen analysis was performed after dosing (/. e. , after about 1 week of storage at 4°C) and a UPLC assay was performed 6 days later with samples being stored at 4°C in the interim.
- RNA encapsulation was similar for both the conventional methods as well as samples prepared according to methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1) according to both the RG analysis and the UPLC assay. Samples tested are shown in Table 6a and 6b. One notable exception is sample 6a-2 appears to show particularly low encapsulation when analyzed by UPLC.
- Test samples were also prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2/ PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 3 formulations were prepared as noted below.
- Table 9b Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
- Table 9c Physical characteristics for samples 9a-l through 9a-3 and 9b-l through 9b-3
- LNP samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b showed similar immunogenicity independent of preparation method with the notable exception of sample 9b-3 at a dose of 0.5 pg, which had a lower titre.
- samples 9a-l and 9b-l were less active than samples 9a-2 and 9b-2 (1.9x) or samples 9a-3 and 9b-3 (3.2x).
- immunogenicity was similar for all ionizable lipids.
- Size, PDI, encapsulation, and lipid adduct formation generally looks good for samples described in Table 9b. Sizes for these samples are slightly larger than samples prepared according to Table 9a. In vivo activity was similar for both preparations made according to Table 9a and Table 9b across the range of lipids.
- Lipid adduct data shows RNA integrity and indicates surprisingly reduced levels for samples prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1; see, e.g., Table 9c, FIG. 3).
- UPLC encapsulation assay confirms good encapsulation in all formulations prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1). Cryo-electron microscope data appears similar for all methods of preparation.
- RNA at mixing was studied to determine encapsulation efficiency of LNPs prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1). Namely, test samples were prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate or pH 5.5 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate or pH 5.5 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2x PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 3 formulations were prepared as noted below.
- Table 10 Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
- RNA concentrations 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL for Lipids A-15 and B-3 and RNA concentrations 0.075, 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL for Lipid C-18.
- results for encapsulation and LNP size vs. loading concentrations are shown in FIGs. 9 and 10, respectively.
- empty LNP can be mixed with RNA across the range studied, yielding similar particle sizes of RNA loaded LNP.
- buffers were tested to determine which buffer systems were desirable for preparing LNPs according to the present disclosure. Namely, the following buffer systems were tested: citrate buffer: 5, 50 mM pH 6.0 / 5.9 acetate buffer: 25 mM pH 5.9, pH 5.5 phosphate buffer: 5, 10, 20, and 50 mM pH 5.8, pH 5.5
- Citrate buffers showed encapsulation below 90% and were more challenging to neutralize with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) than the other buffers tested.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- Table 11b Physical results for citrate buffer systems using a LNP formulated with A-15 and 2.5 % pegylated lipid (post-dilution with PBS)
- RNA-LNP were prepared by adding RNA, buffer, then empty LNPs. RNA loading concentration was 1.0 mg/mL. Formulations were prepared using compound A-15 as the cationic lipid with other components and concentrations as described in Formulation Example 1. Empty LNPs were formulated then stored at 4 °C two weeks prior to mixing. Results are shown in FIG. 14.
- LNPs were prepared using ionizable lipid C-18 with a range of different PEG lipid concentrations. Concentrations and physical characteristics are presented below as determined by RG and DLS.
- FIG. 20, 22, 24, and 26 show the particle size (Z-average) and PDI for RNA loaded LNP formulated using buffers at different pH values using ionizable lipids A-15, B-3, D-l, C-18, respectively.
- bars show the Z-average size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
- FIG. 21, 23, 25, and 27 show a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using the same range of ionizable lipids (A-15, B-3, D-l, C-18, respectively).
- FIG. 28 shows encapsulation efficiency measured by UPLC as a function of time for a LNP prepared with 1.8 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. This LNP encapsulated RNA at 97% almost immediately.
- FIG. 29 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 5 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. Encapsulation improved from 20% to 67% over the course of 10 hours.
- RNases include:
- RNase Tl cleaves after G, inhibited by metal ions, optimal at 37°C
- Benzonase cleaves at all positions, requires Mg 2+ , optimal at 37°C
- RNase A cleaves at pyrimidines C and U, very stable, optimal at 37°C
- RNase I cleaves at all positions, requires NaCl, optimal at 37°C
- SI Nuclease cleaves at all positions but only single stranded, optimal at 37°C
- RNase T1 was found to leave a visible band in the middle of the gel if any unencapsulated RNA was present. This was demonstrated by studying a 6% PEG LNP (see, e.g., Formulation Example 13) before it had fully loaded ( ⁇ 1 h incubation). This band gradually decreased in intensity over time as more of the RNA loaded inside the LNP and so was protected from digestion by the RNase.
- Table 17a Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
- Table 17b Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after 10-minute incubation with RNA, prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
- Table 17c Z-average, PDI and encapsulation efficiency values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C- 18.
- Table 17d Z-average, PDI and encapsulation efficiency values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 8 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
- Table 17e Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid B-3.
- Table 17g Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid B-3.
- Table 17h Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
- Table 17i Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
- Table 17j Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
- Empty LNPs can be prepared using low concentrations of PEG lipid.
- the samples prepared can be stored at 4°C for at least 4 weeks with minimal aggregation.
- Empty LNPs with low PEG lipid concentration can be rapidly loaded with RNA.
- the physical attributes of RNA loaded LNPs are essentially unchanged after storage of the empty LNP at 2-8°C for a month or more.
- LNPs were prepared with ionizable lipid C-18 and the following sample parameters were used.
- Table 18a Sample parameters for "point-of-care” samples prepared and tested. Empty LNPs were stored at 4°C - RNA-LNP was prepared just prior to administration
- serum IgG concentrations were detected. The results are presented in FIG. 30 and in the table below.
- Table 18b Results for samples prepared according to the descriptions noted in Table 21a.
- empty LNPs store well at both 2-8°C and -80°C. Following storage, all empty LNPs were successfully loaded with RNA to generate loaded LNPs with good particle characteristics.
- Samples were tested every 2 months for various physical properties (e.g., size, PDI, RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, RNA integrity).
- physical properties e.g., size, PDI, RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, RNA integrity.
- results for the T-mixed samples are shown in FIGs. 36A-C (z-average, PDI, and total lipids, respectively) and FIGs. 38A-C (RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, integrity, respectively).
- Data for samples prepared using the PFL method is shown in FIGs. 37A-C (z- average, PDI, and total lipids, respectively) and FIGs. 39A-C (RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, integrity, respectively).
- sample stability for PFL RNA-LNP samples are comparable to that for RNA-LNP samples prepared using T-mixing techniques over the course of 6-months.
- FIG. 16, 18, and 42A shows the encapsulation efficiency of the RNA loaded particles for each ionizable lipid (B-45, A-15, B- 3, respectively).
- FIG. 17, 19, and 42B shows the Z-average size of the loaded particles as well as the magnitude of the size change between the loaded and empty LNP for each ionizable lipid (B- 45, A-15, B-3, respectively).
- empty LNPs were formulated using either ionizable lipid B-3 or ionizable lipid C-18 and were subsequently loaded with the following nucleic acids: siRNA (Invitrogen silencer negative control),
- nucleic acids were loaded into empty LNP to achieve a final nucleic acid concentration of 0.075 mg/mL and incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes prior to neutralization with 2* DPBS.
- Particle size and PDI of the RNA loaded LNPs are shown in FIG. 43 A and FIG. 43B for ionizable lipid B-3 and ionizable lipid C-18, respectively.
- Encapsulation efficiency for both lipid compositions is shown in FIG. 43C. All nucleic acids encapsulated with >90% efficiency regardless of the lipid species used in the formulation.
- Particle size was somewhat dependent on the type of nucleic acid used, with the saRNA and siRNA loaded LNPs being larger than those formulated with the Cas9 mRNA/gRNA mix.
- LNP loaded with siRNA showed low poly dispersity (around 0.01) regardless of lipid species, whilst LNP loaded with saRNA tended to be more polydisperse (0.098 for ionizable lipid B-3 and 0.11 for ionizable lipid C-18).
- RNA- LNP formulated via the PFL method A study was conducted to determine the effect of sodium chloride concentration on RNA- LNP formulated via the PFL method.
- Empty LNPs were prepared using either ionizable lipid B-3 or ionizable lipid C-18 in 25 mM acetate pH 5.5 or pH 5.9 respectively. Each of these acetate buffers contained the following amounts of sodium chloride: 0 mM, 50 mM, 137 mM, 500 mM.
- the particle size (Z-average) of the empty LNP formulations is shown in FIG. 44A. Particles showed a slight decrease in size when formulated in the presence of 50 mM NaCl, however, particle size increased as NaCl concentration was raised further.
- FIG. 44B and FIG. 44C show the particle size (z-average) and encapsulation efficiency of the loaded LNP respectively.
- Loaded particle size was almost identical between LNP formulated with 50 mM NaCl or in formulation prepared in the absence of NaCl. However, a noticeable size increase was observed when formulated at 137 mM NaCl.
- Formulation at 500 mM NaCl yielded particles with sizes identical to those of the empty LNP. Encapsulation efficiency dropped to zero for both ionizable lipids tested when formulated with 500 mM NaCl.
- all LNPs tested can be formulated at NaCl concentrations of up to 137 mM.
- FIG. 40 shows LNP z- average size and PDI as a function of the N:P ratio
- FIG. 41 shows encapsulation efficiency for the same LNP as a function of N:P ratio.
- LNPs made using the PFL method have comparable behavior to methods prepared using conventional (e.g., T-mixing) techniques.
- a PFL method works over a broad range of missing concentrations (z.e., empty LNP to RNA) with high success rates.
- pH is a critical component for successful loading and can be dependent on the cationic lipid pKa.
- the concentration of PEG (e.g., the PEGylated lipid) in the LNP shell affects the speed of the RNA loading.
- the following protocol is used to determine efficacy of nucleic acid molecules encapsulated in lipid nanoparticle formulations according to the present disclosure using an in vivo luciferase mRNA expression model in rodents.
- Lipid nanoparticles encompassing nucleic acids are prepared according to the example described above. Studies are performed in 6-8-week-old female C57BL/6 mice (Charles River) 8-10-week-old CD-I (Harlan) mice (Charles River) according to guidelines established by an institutional animal care committee (ACC) and the Canadian Council on Animal Care (CCAC). Varying doses of mRNA-lipid nanoparticle are systemically administered by tail vein injection and animals euthanized at a specific time point (e.g., 4 hours) post-administration. Liver and spleen are collected in pre-weighed tubes, weights determined, immediately snap frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored at -80 °C until processing for analysis.
- ACC institutional animal care committee
- CCAC Canadian Council on Animal Care
- liver tissue approximately 50 mg is dissected for analyses in 2 mL FastPrep tubes (MP Biomedicals, Solon OH). A" ceramic sphere (MP Biomedicals) is added to each tube and 500 pL of Gio Lysis Buffer - GLB (Promega, Madison WI) equilibrated to room temperature is added to liver tissue. Liver tissues are homogenized with the FastPrep24 instrument (MP Biomedicals) at 2 x 6.0 m/s for 15 seconds. Homogenate is incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes prior to a 1 :4 dilution in GLB and assessed using SteadyGlo Luciferase assay system (Promega).
- the FLuc mRNA (L-6107) from Trilink Biotechnologies expresses a luciferase protein, originally isolated from the firefly, photinus pyralis. FLuc is commonly used in mammalian cell culture to measure both gene expression and cell viability. It emits bioluminescence in the presence of the substrate, luciferin. This capped and polyadenylated mRNA is fully substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- Activity is determined by measuring luciferase expression in the liver 4 hours following administration via tail vein injection. The activity is compared at a dose of 1.0, 0.3, or 0.1 mg mRNA/kg and expressed as ng luciferase/g liver measured 4 hours after administration.
- mRNA-lipid nanoparticle are systemically administered by tail vein injection and animals euthanized at a specific time point (e.g., 24 hours) postadministration.
- the whole blood is collected, and the serum subsequentially separated by centrifuging the tubes of the whole blood at 2000 * g for 10 minutes at 4 °C and stored at -80 °C until use for analysis.
- immunoglobulin G (IgG) ELISA (Life Diagnostics Human IgG ELISA kit) the serum samples are diluted at 100 to 15000 folds with l x diluent solution. 100 pL of diluted serum is dispensed into anti-human IgG coated 96-well plate in duplicate alongside human IgG standards and incubated in a plate shaker at 150 rpm at 25 °C for 45 minutes. The wells are washed 5 times with l x wash solution using a plate washer (400 pL/well). 100 pL of HRP conjugate is added into each well and incubated in a plate shaker at the same condition above.
- IgG immunoglobulin G
- the wells are washed 5 times again with 1 x wash solution using a plate washer (400 pL/well).
- 100 pL of TMB reagent is added into each well and incubated in a plate shaker at the same condition above.
- the reaction is stopped by adding 100 pL of Stop solution to each well.
- the absorbance is read at 450 nm (A450) with a microplate reader.
- the amount of human IgG in mouse serum is determined by plotting A450 values for the assay standard against human IgG concentration.
- the pK a of each lipid is determined in lipid nanoparticles using an assay based on fluorescence of 2-(p-toluidino)-6-napthalene sulfonic acid (TNS).
- Lipid nanoparticles comprising a ionizable lipid / DSPC / cholesterol / PEG Lipid 1 (50/10/38.5/1.5 or 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 mol%) in PBS at a concentration of 0.4 mM total lipid are prepared using an in-line process according to known methods.
- TNS is prepared as a 100 pM stock solution in distilled water.
- Vesicles are diluted to 24 pM lipid in 2 mL of buffered solutions containing 10 mM HEPES, 10 mM MES, 10 mM ammonium acetate, and 130 mM NaCl, where the pH ranged from 2.5 to 11.
- An aliquot of the TNS solution is added to give a final concentration of 1 pM and following vortex mixing fluorescence intensity is measured at room temperature in a SLM Aminco Series 2 Luminescence Spectrophotometer using excitation and emission wavelengths of 321 nm and 445 nm.
- a sigmoidal best fit analysis is applied to the fluorescence data and the pK a is measured as the pH giving rise to half-maximal fluorescence intensity.
- BALB/c mice were injected intramuscularly into quadriceps with 30 pL LNP-mRNA encoding Influenza A/Puerto Rico/8/1934 Hemagglutinin (HA), formulation at 0.2 or 0.5 pg mRNA dose on Day 0 and Day 14.
- Blood samples were collected on Day -1 13 and terminal bleed collected at Day 28 and processed to serum. Immunogenicity of LNP formulations was determined by Hemagglutination Inhibition (HAI) Assay.
- HAI Hemagglutination Inhibition
- HAI Hemagglutination Inhibition
- the samples were diluted 1 :4 with Receptor Destroying Enzyme II (RDE) to inactivate non-specific inhibitors of hemagglutination present in sera. Samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37°C followed by further incubation for 30 minutes at 56°C to inactivate the enzyme. RDE- treated samples were diluted 1 : 10 in 0.85% NaCl. A 1% suspension of turkey red blood cells (TRBCs) was prepared in PBS. Non-specific agglutinins were detected in samples by incubating RDE-treated sera (25 pL), 25 pL PBS and 50 pL 1% TRBC suspension for 30 min at room temperature. If RBCs settle completely in serum-containing wells then serum sample is acceptable for use in the HAI assay.
- RDE Receptor Destroying Enzyme II
- Verified RDE-treated sera samples were serially diluted in duplicate two-fold in PBS for a total of 12 dilutions ranging from 20 - 40960.
- Inactivated IFV-A/PR/8/34 (Charles River Laboratories, #10100782) was prepared to a concentration equating to 4 hemagglutinin (HA) units and incubated with sera in a 1 : 1 ratio for 30 minutes at room temperature.
- the serum/antigen mixture was incubated with the 1% TRBC suspension in a 1: 1 ratio for 30 minutes at room temperature. TRBCs only and antigen only controls were included.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure provides methods for preparing lipid nanoparticle formulations that encompass nucleic acid therapeutics (e.g., mRNA). The lipid nanoparticles described herein include ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, charged lipids, steroids (including for example, all sterols and/or their analogs), and/or polymer conjugated lipids. In some instances, the lipid nanoparticles are used to formulate and deliver messenger RNA. Kits and methods for using lipid nanoparticles following formulation for treatment of various diseases or conditions, such as those caused by infectious entities and/or insufficiency of a protein, are also provided.
Description
MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR ENCAPSULATING THERAPEUTICS IN LIPID NANOPARTICLES
BACKGROUND
Technical Field
The present disclosure generally relates to a novel method for preparing lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) that encapsulate nucleic acid molecules (e.g., oligonucleotides or polynucleotides). The lipid nanoparticles can be prepared using lipid components, such as ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, cholesterol, and polymer conjugated lipids. The lipid nanoparticles that encapsulate nucleic acid molecules facilitate intracellular delivery both in vitro and in vivo.
Description of the Related Art
There are many challenges associated with storage and eventual delivery of nucleic acids to affect a desired response in a biological system. Nucleic acid-based therapeutics have enormous potential but there remains a need for more effective preparation, storage, and delivery of nucleic acid-based therapeutics to realize this potential. It has been observed that nucleic acid containing lipid nanoparticles can degrade during the manufacturing process and during storage over time. Although methods exist for formulating nucleic acids with lipid nanoparticles, they involve complicated and/or cumbersome techniques (e.g., sample heating, complex fluid mixing equipment and solutions, buffer exchange by dialysis or TFF, and various analytical requirements to ensure formulations conform to specification) that require extended exposure of the nucleic acid to adverse conditions and are not readily available to typical treatment environments.
Accordingly, there exists a need for methods of preparing nucleic acids encompassed in lipid nanoparticles using simplified techniques and conditions that are amenable to "bedside" preparation of formulations or are less aggressive in the treatment of the nucleic acid payload during manufacturing. The present disclosure provides these and related advantages.
BRIEF SUMMARY
In brief, the present disclosure provides methods for preparing lipid nanoparticle formulations that encompass nucleic acid therapeutics (e.g., mRNA) under mild conditions. The
lipid nanoparticles described herein include ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, charged lipids, steroids (including for example, all sterols) and/or their analogs, and/or polymer conjugated lipids. In some instances, the lipid nanoparticles are used to formulate and deliver nucleic acids such as antisense and/or messenger and/or guide RNA. Methods for using lipid nanoparticles following formulation for treatment of various diseases or conditions, such as those caused by infectious entities and/or insufficiency of a protein and/or have a genetic basis, are also provided.
Pharmaceutical compositions (e.g., a vaccine or gene editing product) comprising formulated lipid nanoparticles encompassing nucleic acid molecules are also provided. Such compositions are useful for delivery of the nucleic acid molecules and treatment of various diseases and disorders.
In other embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for administering a composition comprising a nucleic acid encompassed in a lipid nanoparticle prepared according to methods described herein to a patient in need thereof, the method comprising delivering the composition to the patient. Such methods are useful for inducing expression of a protein in a subject, for example for expressing an antigen for purposes of vaccination, or a gene editing protein for correction of genetic disorders.
These and other aspects of the disclosure will be apparent upon reference to the following detailed description.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
In the figures, identical reference numbers identify similar elements. The sizes and relative positions of elements in the figures are not necessarily drawn to scale and some of these elements are enlarged and positioned to improve figure legibility. Further, the shapes of the elements as drawn are not intended to convey any information regarding the actual shape of the elements and have been solely selected for ease of recognition in the figures.
FIG. 1 is a depiction of IgG expression as tested using the procedures described in Biological Example 2. Shown from left to right are samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4. In the graph, # indicates p < 0.01 for sample 6b-3 vs. sample 6a-3 (one tailed test) and * indicates p < 0.05. Samples were tested using a dose of 0.3 mg/kg.
FIG. 2 shows IgG expression as tested using the procedures described in Biological Example 2. Shown from left to right are samples 6a-2 and 6b-2. In the graph, p < 0.01 vs sample 6a-2. Samples were tested using a dose of 1 mg/kg.
FIG. 3 shows a graphical representation of samples tested for lipid adduct formation after storage at -80°C. Samples were prepared and tested as noted in Table 6a and 6b; from left to right in the graph shows samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4.
FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of samples tested for lipid adduct formation after storage post dosing (z.e., samples were stored for 2 weeks at 4°C). Samples were prepared and tested as noted in Table 6a and 6b; from left to right in the graph shows samples 6a-l, 6b-l, 6a-2, 6b-2, 6a-3, 6b-3, 6a-4, and 6b-4.
FIG. 5 is a graph showing percentage encapsulation for samples prepared according to Table 6a. The samples shown include (from left to right) sample 6a- 1 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a- 1 analyzed by RG, sample 6a-2 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a-2 analyzed by RG, sample 6a- 3 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6a-3 analyzed by RG, sample 6a-4 analyzed by UPLC, and sample 6a-4 analyzed by RG.
FIG. 6 shows a graphical representation of percentages of encapsulation for samples prepared according to Table 6b. The samples shown include (from left to right) sample 6b-l analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b- 1 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-2 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b-2 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-3 analyzed by UPLC, sample 6b-3 analyzed by RG, sample 6b-4 analyzed by UPLC, and sample 6b-4 analyzed by RG.
FIG. 7 represents data for HAI units measured for a 0.2 pg dose of samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b. The graph shows data for (from left to right) samples 9a- 1, 9b- 1, 9a-2, 9b-2, 9a-3 and 9b-3.
FIG. 8 shows data for HAI units measured for a 0.5 pg dose of samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b. The graph shows data for (from left to right) samples 9a- 1, 9b- 1, 9a-2, 9b-2, 9a-3 and 9b-3.
FIG. 9 illustrates percentage encapsulation compared against loading concentrations at a 10-minute time point. For each concentration (z.e., RNA concentrations of 0.075, 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL), a percentage encapsulation is shown for (from left to right) samples 10-1, 10-2, and 10- 4. Samples 10-1 and 10-2 were not tested concentrations of 0.075
FIG. 10 shows Z-average size (nm) for samples prepared according to Table 10 (sample 10-1 indicated with a square; sample 10-2 indicated with a diamond; sample 10-4 indicated with a circle). Samples were detected at a 10-minute time point.
FIG. 11 shows the physical characteristics of LNPs loaded in 25 mM acetate buffer at pH 5.5 across different RNA concentrations.
FIG. 12 is a graph showing physical characteristics of LNPs loaded in 25 mM acetate buffer at pH 5.9 across different RNA concentrations.
FIG. 13 shows encapsulation efficiency for LNPs loaded using 25 mM acetate buffers at pH 5.5 and pH 5.9 across different RNA concentrations.
FIG. 14 shows the effect of acetate concentrations for PFL LNPs at pH 5.9; concentration units for the pH 5.9 acetate concentration are [mM],
FIG. 15 is a graph showing encapsulation of RNA for LNPs prepared with different mol % of PEG lipids over time.
FIG. 16 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency as a function of incubation time for different sized LNPs prepared using PFL methods using ionizable lipid B-45.
FIG. 17 shows changes in particle size (Z-average) after 90-minute incubation time. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNP size after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
FIG. 18 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency related to particle size over a course of incubation time.
FIG. 19 shows the change in particle size (Z-average) after 90-minute incubation time. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
FIG. 20 shows the particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid A- 15. In the figure, bars show the Z-average size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
FIG. 21 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid A-15.
FIG. 22 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid B-3. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
FIG. 23 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid B-3.
FIG. 24 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid D-l. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
FIG. 25 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid D-L
FIG. 26 shows particle size (Z-average) and PDI for LNPs formulated using buffers at different pH values and ionizable lipid C-18. In the figure, bars show the change in size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
FIG. 27 shows a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using ionizable lipid C-18.
FIG. 28 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 1.8 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. This LNP encapsulated RNA at 97% almost immediately.
FIG. 29 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 5 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. Encapsulation improved from 20% to 67% over the course of 10 hours.
FIG. 30 shows serum IgG expression for doses at 0.5 mg/kg. Samples were prepared according to the description of Formulation Example 18. From left to right, FIG. 30 shows results for samples A, B, C, D, and E, respectively. In FIG. 30, * represents p<0.05 vs. T-mix control (sample A) and ** represents p<0.01 between samples D and E.
FIG. 31 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for empty LNP samples measured across different time-points after storage at 2-8°C.
FIG. 32 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for empty LNP samples measured across different time-points after storage at -80°C.
FIG. 33 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for samples measured across different time-points after storage at 2-8°C after RNA loading post storage.
FIG. 34 shows measurements for size (upper set of lines) and PDI (lower set of lines) for samples measured across different time-points after storage at -80°C after RNA loading post storage.
FIG. 35 shows RNA loading efficiency of stored empty LNPs in terms of encapsulation efficiency. Each time-point (z.e., 1 month, 3 months, and 6 months) shows results for (from left to right) 0.5 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 1.0 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 2.0 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 3.1 mg/mL at 2-8°C, 0.1 mg/mL at -80°C, 0.5 mg/mL at -80°C, 1.0 mg/mL at -80°C, and 2.0 mg/mL at -80°C.
FIG. 36A shows the z-av erage size for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 36B shows the PDI for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 36C shows the total lipid content (mg/mL) for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 37A shows the z-av erage size for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 37B shows the PDI for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 37C shows the total lipid content (mg/mL) for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 38A shows the RNA content for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 38B shows encapsulation efficiency for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 38C shows the RNA integrity for samples prepared using T-mixing techniques as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 39A shows the RNA content for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 39B shows encapsulation efficiency for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 39C shows the LNP integrity for samples prepared using PFL methods as detailed in Formulation Example 19.
FIG. 40 shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) as a function of the N:P ratio.
FIG. 41 shows encapsulation efficiency for LNPs as a function of N:P ratio (from an N:P ratio of 9 to 3).
FIG. 42A shows the RNA encapsulation efficiency of differently sized empty LNP prepared with ionizable lipid B-3 after 10 minutes of incubation with RNA at ambient temperature.
FIG. 42B shows changes in particle size (Z-av erage) after 10-minute incubation time. In the figure, bars show the change in size for ionizable lipid B-3 LNPs loaded after formation (z.e., the PFL method) and the change in size is shown against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNP size after loading with RNA against the scale on the right.
FIG. 43 A shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) for ionizable lipid B-3 LNP which have been loaded with either siRNA, saRNA, or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method.
FIG. 43B shows LNP z-average size (shown as bars against the left scale) and PDI (shown as points / lines against the right scale) for ionizable lipid B-3 LNP which have been loaded with either siRNA, saRNA, or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method.
FIG. 43 C shows the encapsulation efficiency of LNP loaded with either siRNA, saRNA or an mRNA/gRNA mixture using the PFL method for LNPs prepared with either ionizable lipid B-3 or C-18 (as indicated).
FIG. 44A shows LNP z-average empty LNPs formulated in the presence of an aqueous buffer containing increasing concentrations of sodium chloride.
FIG. 44B shows the z-average size for LNPs formulated using the PFL method in the presence of an aqueous buffer containing increasing concentrations of sodium chloride.
FIG. 44C shows encapsulation efficiency of the LNPs formulated using the PFL method in the presence of increasing concentrations of sodium chloride.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In the following description, certain specific details are set forth to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments of the disclosure. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments of the disclosure may be practiced without these details.
The present disclosure is based, in part, upon the discovery that nucleic acid molecules were able to be loaded into lipid nanoparticles in an aqueous solution in the absence of any aiding modality (e.g., a disruptive agent such as ethanol, heat, etc.). Applicant unexpectedly discovered that an aqueous solution comprising "empty" lipid nanoparticles could be mixed with nucleic acid molecules (e.g., in solution or dry) and the nucleic acid molecules are then encapsulated into the lipid nanoparticles to yield particles with surprisingly desirable
characteristics (e.g., particle size, poly dispersity index (PDI), encapsulation efficiency, loading (RNA / lipid [wt/pm], etc.). It was unexpected that a solution of "empty" LNPs at neutral pH (e.g., in phosphate buffered saline or "PBS") could result in desirable encapsulation efficiency and LNP products (i.e., LNPs that encapsulated a nucleic acid-based payload) when the pH of the solution was shifted to a slightly lower pH than the pKa of the ionizable lipids that made up the LNPs, in the absence of any other aiding modality.
The methods and materials disclosed herein provide advantages when used to prepare lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) for the in vivo delivery of an active or therapeutic agent such as a nucleic acid into a cell of a mammal. Some embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods of preparing nucleic acid-lipid nanoparticle compositions via a facile method that can be carried out under mild conditions with minimal equipment.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of preparing solutions that enable the formation of improved LNPs for the ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo delivery of mRNA and/or other polynucleotides. In some embodiments, these improved LNPs are useful for expression of protein encoded by RNA and/or DNA. In other embodiments, these improved LNPs are useful for upregulation of endogenous protein expression by delivering miRNA inhibitors targeting one specific miRNA or a group of miRNA regulating one target mRNA or several mRNA. In other embodiments, these LNPs are useful for down-regulating (e.g., silencing) the protein levels and/or mRNA levels of target genes. In some other embodiments, the LNPs are also useful for delivery of mRNA and plasmids for expression of transgenes. In yet other embodiments, the LNPs are useful for inducing a pharmacological effect resulting from expression of a protein, e.g., increased production of red blood cells through the delivery of a suitable erythropoietin mRNA, or protection against infection through delivery of mRNA encoding for a suitable antibody.
In some embodiments, the LNPs are useful for gene editing, epigenomic editing, cancer vaccine, Cart-T, gene insertion, Prime editing, or combinations thereof.
The LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used for a variety of purposes, including the delivery of encapsulated or associated (e.g., complexed) therapeutic agents such as nucleic acids to cells, both ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo. Accordingly, embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods of treating or preventing diseases or disorders in a subject in need thereof by contacting the subject (e.g., via injection) with a LNP that encapsulates or is associated with a suitable therapeutic agent or nucleic acid.
As described herein, embodiments of the LNPs of the present disclosure are particularly useful for the delivery of nucleic acids, including, e.g., mRNA, antisense oligonucleotide, plasmid DNA, microRNA (miRNA), miRNA inhibitors (antagomirs/antimirs), messenger-RNA- interfering complementary RNA (micRNA), DNA, multivalent RNA, dicer substrate RNA, siRNA, circular RNA, self-amplifying RNA, aptamers, closed ended DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), etc. Therefore, the LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used to induce expression of a desired protein ex vivo, in vitro, and in vivo by contacting cells with a LNP described herein, wherein the LNP encapsulates or is associated with a nucleic acid that is expressed to produce the desired protein (e.g., a messenger RNA or plasmid encoding the desired protein). Alternatively, the LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may be used to decrease the expression of target genes and proteins both in vitro and in vivo by contacting cells with a LNP described herein, wherein the LNP encapsulates or is associated with a nucleic acid that reduces target gene expression (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide or small interfering RNA (siRNA)). The LNPs and compositions comprising the LNPs of the present disclosure may also be used for co-delivery of different nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA and plasmid DNA) separately or in combination, such as may be useful to provide an effect requiring colocalization of different nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA encoding for a suitable gene modifying enzyme and DNA segment(s) for incorporation into the host genome).
Nucleic acids for use with this disclosure may be prepared according to any available technique. For mRNA, the primary methodology of preparation is, but not limited to, enzymatic synthesis (also termed in vitro transcription) which currently represents the most efficient method to produce long sequence-specific mRNA. In vitro transcription describes a process of template-directed synthesis of RNA molecules from an engineered DNA template comprised of an upstream bacteriophage promoter sequence (e.g., including but not limited to that from the T7, T3, and SP6 coliphage) linked to a downstream sequence encoding the gene of interest. Template DNA can be prepared for in vitro transcription from a number of sources with appropriate techniques which are well known in the art including, but not limited to, plasmid DNA and polymerase chain reaction amplification (see Linpinsel, J.L and Conn, G.L., General protocols for preparation of plasmid DNA template and Bowman, J.C., Azizi, B., Lenz, T.K., Ray, P., and Williams, L.D. in RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE in Recombinant and in vitro RNA syntheses Methods v. 941 Conn G.L. (ed), New York, N.Y. Humana Press, 2012).
Transcription of the RNA occurs in vitro using the linearized DNA template in the presence of the corresponding RNA polymerase and adenosine, guanosine, uridine, and cytidine ribonucleoside triphosphates (rNTPs) under conditions that support polymerase activity while minimizing potential degradation of the resultant mRNA transcripts. In vitro transcription can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to RiboMax Large Scale RNA Production System (Promega), MegaScript Transcription kits (Life Technologies) as well as with commercially available reagents including RNA polymerases and rNTPs. The methodology for in vitro transcription of mRNA is well known in the art. (see, e.g., Losick, R., 1972, In vitro transcription, Ann Rev Biochem v.41 409-46; Kamakaka, R. T. and Kraus, W. L. 2001. In Vitro Transcription. Current Protocols in Cell Biology. 2: 11.6: 11.6.1- 11.6.17; Beckert, B. And Masquida, B., (2010) Synthesis of RNA by In Vitro Transcription in RNA in Methods in Molecular Biology v. 703 (Neilson, H. Ed), New York, N.Y. Humana Press, 2010; Brunelle, J.L. and Green, R., 2013, Chapter Five -In vitro transcription from plasmid or PCR-amplified DNA, Methods in Enzymology v. 530, 101-114; all of which are incorporated herein by reference).
The desired in vitro transcribed mRNA is then purified from the undesired components of the transcription or associated reactions (including unincorporated rNTPs, protein enzyme, salts, short RNA oligos etc. . Techniques for the isolation of the mRNA transcripts are well known in the art. Well known procedures include phenol/chloroform extraction or precipitation with either alcohol (ethanol, isopropanol) in the presence of monovalent cations or lithium chloride. Additional, non-limiting examples of purification procedures which can be used include size exclusion chromatography (Lukavsky, P.J. and Puglisi, J.D., 2004, Large-scale preparation and purification of polyacrylamide-free RNA oligonucleotides, RNA v.10, 889-893), silica-based affinity chromatography and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (Bowman, J.C., Azizi, B., Lenz, T.K., Ray, P., and Williams, L.D. in RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE in Recombinant and in vitro RNA syntheses Methods v. 941 Conn G.L. (ed), New York, N.Y. Humana Press, 2012 ). Purification can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to SV Total Isolation System (Promega) and In Vitro Transcription Cleanup and Concentration Kit (Norgen Biotek).
Furthermore, while reverse transcription can yield large quantities of mRNA, the products can contain several aberrant RNA impurities associated with undesired polymerase activity which may need to be removed from the full-length mRNA preparation. These include short RNAs that result from abortive transcription initiation as well as double-stranded RNA
(dsRNA) generated by RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity, RNA-primed transcription from RNA templates and self-complementary 3' extension. It has been demonstrated that these contaminants with dsRNA structures can lead to undesired immunostimulatory activity through interaction with various innate immune sensors in eukaryotic cells that function to recognize specific nucleic acid structures and induce potent immune responses. This in turn, can dramatically reduce mRNA translation since protein synthesis is reduced during the innate cellular immune response. Therefore, additional techniques to remove these dsRNA contaminants have been developed and are known in the art including but not limited to scaleable HPLC purification (see, e.g., Kariko, K., Muramatsu, H., Ludwig, J. And Weissman, D., 2011, Generating the optimal mRNA for therapy: HPLC purification eliminates immune activation and improves translation of nucleoside-modified, protein-encoding mRNA, Nucl Acid Res, v. 39 el42; Weissman, D., Pardi, N., Muramatsu, H., and Kariko, K., HPLC Purification of in vitro transcribed long RNA in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology v.969 (Rabinovich, P.H. Ed), 2013). HPLC purified mRNA has been reported to be translated at much greater levels, particularly in primary cells and in vivo.
A significant variety of modifications have been described in the art which are used to alter specific properties of in vitro transcribed mRNA and improve its utility. These include but are not limited to modifications to the 5' and 3'-termini of the mRNA. Endogenous eukaryotic mRNA typically contains a cap structure on the 5 '-end of a mature molecule which plays an important role in mediating binding of the mRNA Cap Binding Protein (CBP), which is in turn responsible for enhancing mRNA stability in the cell and efficiency of mRNA translation. Therefore, highest levels of protein expression are achieved with capped mRNA transcripts. The 5 '-cap contains a 5 '-5 '-triphosphate linkage between the 5 '-most nucleotide and guanine nucleotide. The conjugated guanine nucleotide is methylated at the N7 position. Additional modifications include methylation of the ultimate and penultimate most 5 '-nucleotides on the 2'- hydroxyl group.
Multiple distinct cap structures can be used to generate the 5 '-cap of in vitro transcribed synthetic mRNA. 5'-capping of synthetic mRNA can be performed co-transcriptionally with chemical cap analogs (i.e., capping during in vitro transcription). For example, the Anti-Reverse Cap Analog (ARC A) cap contains a 5 '-5 '-triphosphate guanine-guanine linkage where one guanine contains an N7 methyl group as well as a 3'-O-methyl group. However, up to 20% of transcripts remain uncapped during this co-transcriptional process and the synthetic cap analog is not identical to the 5 '-cap structure of an authentic cellular mRNA, potentially reducing
translatability and cellular stability. Alternatively, synthetic mRNA molecules may also be enzymatically capped post-transcriptionally. These may generate a more authentic 5 '-cap structure that more closely mimics, either structurally or functionally, the endogenous 5'-cap which have enhanced binding of cap binding proteins, increased half-life, reduced susceptibility to 5' endonucleases and/or reduced 5' de-capping. Numerous synthetic 5'-cap analogs have been developed and are known in the art to enhance mRNA stability and translatability (see, e.g., Grudzien-Nogalska, E., Kowalska, J., Su, W., Kuhn, A.N., Slepenkov, S.V., Darynkiewicz, E., Sahin, U., Jemielity, J., and Rhoads, R.E., Synthetic mRNAs with superior translation and stability properties in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology v.969 (Rabinovich, P.H. Ed), 2013).
On the 3'-terminus, a long chain of adenine nucleotides (poly-A tail) is normally added to mRNA molecules during RNA processing. Immediately after transcription, the 3' end of the transcript is cleaved to free a 3' hydroxyl to which poly-A polymerase adds a chain of adenine nucleotides to the RNA in a process called polyadenylation. The poly-A tail has been extensively shown to enhance both translational efficiency and stability of mRNA (see Bernstein, P. and Ross, J., 1989, Poly (A), poly (A) binding protein and the regulation of mRNA stability, Trends Bio Sci v. 14 373-377; Guhaniyogi, J. And Brewer, G., 2001, Regulation of mRNA stability in mammalian cells, Gene, v. 265, 11-23; Dreyfus, M. And Regnier, P., 2002, The poly (A) tail of mRNAs: Bodyguard in eukaryotes, scavenger in bacteria, Cell, v.l 11, 611-613).
Poly (A) tailing of in vitro transcribed mRNA can be achieved using various approaches including, but not limited to, cloning of a poly (T) tract into the DNA template or by post- transcriptional addition using Poly (A) polymerase. The first case allows in vitro transcription of mRNA with poly (A) tails of defined length, depending on the size of the poly (T) tract, but requires additional manipulation of the template. The latter case involves the enzymatic addition of a poly (A) tail to in vitro transcribed mRNA using poly (A) polymerase which catalyzes the incorporation of adenine residues onto the 3 '-termini of RNA, requiring no additional manipulation of the DNA template, but results in mRNA with poly(A) tails of heterogenous length. 5'-capping and 3'-poly (A) tailing can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to Poly (A) Polymerase Tailing kit (EpiCenter), mMESSAGE mMACHINE T7 Ultra kit and Poly (A) Tailing kit (Life Technologies) as well as with commercially available reagents, various ARCA caps, Poly (A) polymerase, etc.
In addition to 5' cap and 3' poly adenylation, other modifications of the in vitro transcripts have been reported to provide benefits as related to efficiency of translation and stability. It is
well known in the art that pathogenic DNA and RNA can be recognized by a variety of sensors within eukaryotes and trigger potent innate immune responses. The ability to discriminate between pathogenic and self-DNA and RNA has been shown to be based, at least in part, on structure and nucleoside modifications since most nucleic acids from natural sources contain modified nucleosides. In contrast, in vitro synthesized RNA lacks these modifications, thus rendering it immunostimulatory which in turn can inhibit effective mRNA translation as outlined above. The introduction of modified nucleosides into in vitro transcribed mRNA can be used to prevent recognition and activation of RNA sensors, thus mitigating this undesired immunostimulatory activity and enhancing translation capacity (see, e.g., Kariko, K. And Weissman, D. 2007, Naturally occurring nucleoside modifications suppress the immunostimulatory activity of RNA: implication for therapeutic RNA development, Curr Opin Drug Discov Devel, v.10 523-532; Pardi, N., Muramatsu, H., Weissman, D., Kariko, K., In vitro transcription of long RNA containing modified nucleosides in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology v.969 (Rabinovich, P.H. Ed), 2013); Kariko, K., Muramatsu, H., Welsh, F.A., Ludwig, J., Kato, H., Akira, S., Weissman, D., 2008, Incorporation of Pseudouridine Into mRNA Yields Superior Nonimmunogenic Vector With Increased Translational Capacity and Biological Stability, Mol Ther v.16, 1833-1840. The modified nucleosides and nucleotides used in the synthesis of modified RNAs can be prepared monitored and utilized using general methods and procedures known in the art. A large variety of nucleoside modifications are available that may be incorporated alone or in combination with other modified nucleosides to some extent into the in vitro transcribed mRNA (see, e.g., US Publication No. 2012/0251618). In vitro synthesis of nucleoside-modified mRNA has been reported to have reduced ability to activate immune sensors with a concomitant enhanced translational capacity.
Other components of mRNA which can be modified to provide benefit in terms of translatability and stability include the 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTR). Optimization of the UTRs (favorable 5' and 3' UTRs can be obtained from cellular or viral RNAs), either both or independently, have been shown to increase mRNA stability and translational efficiency of in vitro transcribed mRNA (see, e.g., Pardi, N., Muramatsu, H., Weissman, D., Kariko, K., In vitro transcription of long RNA containing modified nucleosides in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology v.969 (Rabinovich, P.H. Ed),
In addition to mRNA, other nucleic acid payloads may be used for this disclosure. For oligonucleotides, methods of preparation include but are not limited to chemical synthesis and enzymatic, chemical cleavage of a longer precursor, in vitro transcription as described above, etc. Methods of synthesizing DNA and RNA nucleotides are widely used and well known in the art (see, e.g., Gait, M. J. (ed.)Oligonucleotide synthesis: a practical approach, Oxford [Oxfordshire], Washington, D.C.: IRL Press, 1984; and Herdewijn, P. (ed.) Oligonucleotide synthesis: methods and applications, Methods in Molecular Biology, v. 288 (Clifton, N.J.) Totowa, N.J.: Humana Press, 2005; both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
For plasmid DNA, preparation for use with this disclosure commonly utilizes but is not limited to expansion and isolation of the plasmid DNA in vitro in a liquid culture of bacteria containing the plasmid of interest. The presence of a gene in the plasmid of interest that encodes resistance to a particular antibiotic (penicillin, kanamycin, etc. allows those bacteria containing the plasmid of interest to selective grow in antibiotic-containing cultures. Methods of isolating plasmid DNA are widely used and well known in the art (see, e.g., Heilig, J., Elbing, K. L. and Brent, R (2001) Large-Scale Preparation of Plasmid DNA. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology. 41 :11: 1.7: 1.7.1-1.7.16; Rozkov, A., Larsson, B., Gillstrbm, S., Bjbmestedt, R. and Schmidt, S. R. (2008), Large-scale production of endotoxin-free plasmids for transient expression in mammalian cell culture. Biotechnol. Bioeng., 99: 557-566; and US Patent No. 6,197,553). Plasmid isolation can be performed using a variety of commercially available kits including, but not limited to Plasmid Plus (Qiagen), GenJET plasmid MaxiPrep (Thermo) and Pure Yield MaxiPrep (Promega) kits as well as with commercially available reagents.
Various exemplary embodiments of the lipid nanoparticles and compositions comprising the same, and their use to deliver active or therapeutic agents such as nucleic acids to modulate gene and protein expression, are described in further detail below.
As used herein, the following terms have the meanings ascribed to them unless specified otherwise.
Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the present specification and claims, the word "comprise" and variations thereof, such as, "comprises" and "comprising" are to be construed in an open and inclusive sense, that is, as "including, but not limited to".
Reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Thus, the appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this
specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. As used in the specification and claims, the singular form "a", "an" and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
The phrase "induce expression of a desired protein" refers to the ability of a nucleic acid to increase expression of the desired protein. To examine the extent of protein expression, a test sample (e.g., a sample of cells in culture expressing the desired protein) or a test mammal (e.g., a mammal such as a human or an animal model such as a rodent (e.g., mouse) or a non-human primate (e.g., monkey) model) is contacted with a nucleic acid (e.g., nucleic acid in combination with a lipid of the present disclosure). Expression of the desired protein in the test sample or test animal is compared to expression of the desired protein in a control sample (e.g., a sample of cells in culture expressing the desired protein) or a control mammal (e.g., a mammal such as a human or an animal model such as a rodent (e.g., mouse) or non-human primate (e.g., monkey) model) that is not contacted with or administered the nucleic acid. When the desired protein is present in a control sample or a control mammal, the expression of a desired protein in a control sample or a control mammal may be assigned a value of 1.0. In some embodiments, inducing expression of a desired protein is achieved when the ratio of desired protein expression in the test sample or the test mammal to the level of desired protein expression in the control sample or the control mammal is greater than 1, for example, about 1.1, 1.5, 2.0, 5.0, or 10.0. When a desired protein is not present in a control sample or a control mammal, inducing expression of a desired protein is achieved when any measurable level of the desired protein in the test sample or the test mammal is detected. One of ordinary skill in the art will understand appropriate assays to determine the level of protein expression in a sample, for example dot blots, northern blots, in situ hybridization, ELISA, immunoprecipitation, enzyme function, and phenotypic assays, or assays based on reporter proteins that can produce fluorescence or luminescence under appropriate conditions.
An "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" of an active agent or therapeutic agent such as a therapeutic nucleic acid is an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect, e.g., an increase or inhibition of expression of a target sequence in comparison to the normal expression level detected in the absence of the nucleic acid. An increase in expression of
a target sequence is achieved when any measurable level is detected in the case of an expression product that is not present in the absence of the nucleic acid. In the case where the expression product is present at some level prior to contact with the nucleic acid, an in increase in expression is achieved when the fold increase in value obtained with a nucleic acid such as mRNA relative to control is about 1.05, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 5000, 10000 or greater. Inhibition of expression of a target gene or target sequence is achieved when the value obtained with a nucleic acid such as antisense oligonucleotide relative to the control is about 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, or 0%. Suitable assays for measuring expression of a target gene or target sequence include, e.g., examination of protein or RNA levels using techniques known to those of skill in the art such as dot blots, northern blots, in situ hybridization, ELISA, immunoprecipitation, enzyme function, fluorescence or luminescence of suitable reporter proteins, as well as phenotypic assays known to those of skill in the art.
The term "nucleic acid" as used herein refers to a polymer containing at least two deoxyribonucleotides and/or ribonucleotides in either single- or double-stranded form and includes DNA, RNA, and hybrids thereof. DNA may be in the form of antisense molecules, plasmid DNA, cDNA, PCR products, or vectors. RNA may be in the form of small hairpin RNA (shRNA), messenger RNA (mRNA), antisense RNA, miRNA, micRNA, multivalent RNA, dicer substrate RNA or viral RNA (vRNA), and combinations thereof. Nucleic acids include nucleic acids containing known nucleotide analogs or modified backbone residues or linkages, which are synthetic, naturally occurring, and non-naturally occurring, and which have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid. Examples of such analogs include, without limitation, phosphorothioates, phosphoramidates, methyl phosphonates, chiral-methyl phosphonates, 2'-O- methyl ribonucleotides, and peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs). Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides that have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid. Unless otherwise indicated, a particular nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g., degenerate codon substitutions), alleles, orthologs, single nucleotide polymorphisms, and complementary sequences as well as the sequence explicitly indicated. Specifically, degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et al., Nucleic Acid Res., 19:5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et al., J. Biol. Chem., 260:2605-2608
(1985); Rossolini et al., Mol. Cell. Probes, 8:91-98 (1994)). "Nucleotides" contain a sugar deoxyribose (DNA) or ribose (RNA), a base, and a phosphate group. Nucleotides are linked together through the phosphate groups. "Bases" include purines and pyrimidines, which further include natural compounds adenine, thymine, guanine, cytosine, uracil, inosine, and natural analogs, and synthetic derivatives of purines and pyrimidines, which include, but are not limited to, modifications which place new reactive groups such as, but not limited to, amines, alcohols, thiols, carboxylates, and alkylhalides.
The term "lipid" refers to a group of organic compounds that include, but are not limited to, esters of fatty acids and are generally characterized by being poorly soluble in water, but soluble in many organic solvents.
A "steroid" is a compound comprising the following carbon skeleton:
Non-limiting examples of steroids include cholesterol, and the like.
An "ionizable lipid" refers to a lipid capable of being charged. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is a cationic lipid. As used herein, a "cationic lipid" refers to a lipid capable of being positively charged. Exemplary cationic lipids include one or more amine group(s) which can or does bear the positive charge. In some embodiments, the cationic lipids are ionizable such that they can exist in a positively charged or neutral form depending on pH. The ionization of the cationic lipid affects the surface charge of the lipid nanoparticle under different pH conditions. This charge state can influence plasma protein absorption, blood clearance and tissue distribution (Semple, S.C., et al., Adv. Drug Deliv Rev 32:3-17 (1998)) as well as the ability to form endosomolytic non-bilayer structures (Hafez, I.M., et al., Gene Ther 8: 1188-1196 (2001)) critical to the intracellular delivery of nucleic acids.
The term "lipid nanoparticle" or "LNP" refers to particles having at least one dimension on the order of nanometers (e.g., 1-1,000 nm) which comprise components selected from ionizable lipids (e.g., cationic lipids), charged lipids, neutral lipids, steroids, and/or polymer conjugated lipids. In some embodiments, LNPs are included in a formulation that can be used to deliver an active agent or therapeutic agent, such as a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) to a target site of interest (e.g., cell, tissue, organ, tumor, and the like). In some embodiments, the LNPs of the disclosure comprise a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the active agent or therapeutic agent, such as a nucleic acid, may be encapsulated in the lipid portion of the lipid nanoparticle or an
aqueous space enveloped by some or all the lipid portion of the lipid nanoparticle, thereby protecting it from enzymatic degradation or other undesirable effects induced by the mechanisms of the host organism or cells, e.g., an adverse immune response.
In various embodiments, the LNPs have a mean diameter of from about 30 nm to about 150 nm, from about 40 nm to about 150 nm, from about 50 nm to about 150 nm, from about 60 nm to about 130 nm, from about 70 nm to about 110 nm, from about 70 nm to about 100 nm, from about 80 nm to about 100 nm, from about 90 nm to about 100 nm, from about 70 to about 90 nm, from about 80 nm to about 90 nm, from about 70 nm to about 80 nm, or about 30 nm, 35 nm, 40 nm, 45 nm, 50 nm, 55 nm, 60 nm, 65 nm, 70 nm, 75 nm, 80 nm, 85 nm, 90 nm, 95 nm, 100 nm, 105 nm, 110 nm, 115 nm, 120 nm, 125 nm, 130 nm, 135 nm, 140 nm, 145 nm, or 150 nm, and are substantially non-toxic. In certain embodiments, nucleic acids, when present in the LNPs, are resistant in aqueous solution to degradation with a nuclease. Lipid nanoparticles comprising nucleic acids and their method of preparation are disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0142025, 2007/0042031 and PCT Pub. Nos. WO 2013/016058 and WO 2013/086373, the full disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
As used herein, "encapsulated" refers to a lipid nanoparticle that provides an active agent or therapeutic agent, such as a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA), with full encapsulation, partial encapsulation, or both. In an embodiment, the nucleic acid molecules (e.g., mRNA) are fully encapsulated in the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, greater than 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% of the nucleic acid molecules of a sample are fully or partially encapsulated by a lipid nanoparticle.
The term "polymer conjugated lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polymer portion. An example of a polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid. The term "pegylated lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polyethylene glycol portion. Pegylated lipids are known in the art and include l-(monomethoxy-polyethyleneglycol)-2,3-dimyristoylglycerol (PEG-DMG) and the like.
In some embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is functionalized to facilitate surface modification of the LNPs. In some embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is modified before formation of the LNP. In other embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is modified after formation of the LNP. In some embodiments, the modification is the addition of a targeting group (e.g., an antibody). In some embodiments, the modification is the addition of a moiety that decreases clearance of the LNP.
The term "neutral lipid" refers to any of several lipid species that exist either in an uncharged or neutral zwitterionic form at a selected pH. At physiological pH, such lipids include, but are not limited to, phosphotidylcholines such as 1 ,2-Distearoyl-.s//-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), l ,2-Dipalmitoyl-.s//-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (DPPC), l ,2-Dimyristoyl-.s//-glycero-3- phosphocholine (DMPC), I -Pal mi toyl-2-oleoyl-.s//-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2- dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3 -phosphocholine (DOPC), phophatidylethanolamines such as 1,2-Dioleoyl- .w-glycero-3 -phosphoethanol amine (DOPE), sphingomyelins (SM), ceramides, steroids such as sterols and their derivatives. Neutral lipids may be synthetic or naturally derived.
The term "charged lipid" refers to any of a number of lipid species that exist in either a positively charged or negatively charged form independent of the pH within a useful physiological range, e.g., pH ~3 to pH ~9. Charged lipids may be synthetic or naturally derived. Examples of charged lipids include phosphatidylserines, phosphatidic acids, phosphatidylglycerols, phosphatidylinositols, sterol hemi succinates, dialkyl trimethylammonium-propanes, (e.g., DOTAP, DOTMA), dialkyl dimethylaminopropanes, ethyl phosphocholines, dimethylaminoethane carbamoyl sterols (e.g., DC-Chol).
As used herein, the term "aqueous solution" refers to a composition comprising water. In some embodiments, the aqueous solution consists essentially of water, salts, acids, and bases (e.g., a buffer). In some embodiments, the aqueous solution is phosphate buffered saline. In some embodiments, the aqueous solution is an acetate buffered solution.
"Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms that is saturated (i.e., contains no double and/or triple bonds), having from one to thirty-six carbon atoms (C1-C36 alkyl), from one to twenty-four carbon atoms (Ci- C24 alkyl), one to sixteen carbon atoms (C1-C16 alkyl), one to twelve carbon atoms (C1-C12 alkyl), six to twenty-four carbon atoms (C6-C24 alkyl), one to eight carbon atoms (Ci-Cs alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (Ci-Ce alkyl) and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1 -methylethyl (iso propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1- dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3 -methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group is optionally substituted.
"Alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms that contains at least one carbon-carbon double, having from two to twenty -four carbon atoms (C2-C24 alkenyl), two to twelve carbon atoms (C2-C12 alkenyl), six to twenty -four carbon atoms (C6-C24 alkenyl), two to sixteen carbon atoms (C2-C16 alkenyl), four to twelve carbon atoms (C4-C12 alkenyl), two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8 alkenyl), or two to six
carbon atoms (C2-C6 alkenyl) and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., ethenyl, n-propenyl, 1 -methylethenyl, n-butenyl, n-pentenyl, 1,1 -dimethylethenyl, 3- methylhexenyl, 2-methylhexenyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted.
"Alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms that contains at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, having from two to twenty-four carbon atoms (C2-C24 alkynyl), two to twelve carbon atoms (C2-C12 alkynyl), two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8 alkynyl), or two to six carbon atoms (C2-C6 alkynyl) and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., ethynyl, n-propynyl, 1-methylethynyl, n-butynyl, n-pentynyl, 1,1-dimethylethynyl, 3 -methylhexynyl, 2-methylhexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynyl group is optionally substituted.
"Alkylene" or "alkylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent saturated hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen. In some embodiments, an alkylene chain has from one to twenty -four carbon atoms (C1-C24 alkylene), one to fifteen carbon atoms (C1-C15 alkylene), one to twelve carbon atoms (C1-C12 alkylene), one to eight carbon atoms (Ci-Cs alkylene), one to six carbon atoms (Ci-Ce alkylene), four to six carbon atoms (C4-C6 alkylene), two to four carbon atoms (C2-C4 alkylene), one to two carbon atoms (C1-C2 alkylene), e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, ^-butylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted.
"Halo" refers to a halogen substituent (i.e., F, Cl, Br, or I).
The term "substituted" used herein means any of the above groups (e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, and/or alkynyl) wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom, such as F, Cl, Br, and I, cyano, -OH, or - NH2. "Optional" or "optionally" (e.g., optionally substituted) means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "optionally substituted alkyl" means that the alkyl radical may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted alkyl radicals and alkyl radicals
having no substitution. In some embodiments, "optionally substituted" means a particular radical is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, and I).
This disclosure is also meant to encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds (e.g., ionizable lipids, charged lipids, neutral lipids, polymer conjugated lipids, steroids, etc.) being isotopically labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as 2H, 3H, nC, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 15O, 17O, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, 36C1, 123I, and 125I, respectively. These radiolabeled compounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action. Certain isotopically labelled compounds, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e., 3H, and carbon- 14, i.e., 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as nC, 18F, 15O and 13N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically labeled compounds can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate isotopically labeled reagent in place of the nonlabeled reagent previously employed.
This disclosure is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the disclosure includes compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this disclosure to a mammal for a period sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabeled compound of the disclosure in a detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood, or other biological samples.
A "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a formulation of a compound of the disclosure and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients therefor.
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of a compound of the disclosure which, when administered to a mammal, preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment in the mammal, preferably a human. The amount of a lipid nanoparticle of the disclosure which constitutes a "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on the compound, the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and the age of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure.
"Treating" or "treatment" as used herein covers the treatment of the disease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, having the disease or condition of interest, and includes:
(i) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it;
(ii) inhibiting the disease or condition, z.e., arresting its development;
(iii) relieving the disease or condition, z.e., causing regression of the disease or condition; or
(iv) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, z.e., relieving pain without addressing the underlying disease or condition. As used herein, the terms "disease" and "condition" may be used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.
The compounds included as components of the lipid nanoparticle or nucleic acid, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (5)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present disclosure is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (5)-, or (D)- and (L)- isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the
preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.
A "stereoisomer" refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes "enantiomers", which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
Methods of Preparation
As used herein, the "conventional method" for preparing lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) refers to a process that typically includes the following steps:
(i) mixing RNA (dissolved in aqueous buffer) and LNP components (dissolved in ethanol) via a T-mixer;
(ii) removing ethanol and exchanging buffer systems via dialysis or tangential flow filtration (TFF);
(iii) concentrating the formed RNA containing LNP to about 1 mg/mL via TFF or centrifugation filtration; and
(iv) diluting with buffer (e.g., PBS and sucrose) and freezing at -80°C.
Step (i) is performed over the course of about 2-5 hours. Step (ii) is performed over about 1-2 days. Step (iii) is performed over about 2-3 hours. Step (iv) is performed over about 0.5 hours.
In an aspect, the disclosure provides novel methods of preparing nucleic acids encompassed in lipid nanoparticles. The lipid nanoparticles may include components such as ionizable lipids (e.g., cationic lipids), neutral lipids, charged lipids, steroids, and/or polymer conjugated lipids to form lipid nanoparticles. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is thought that these lipid nanoparticles shield oligonucleotides from degradation in the serum and provide for effective delivery of oligonucleotides to cells in vitro and in vivo.
One embodiment provide a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising:
i) providing an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; ii) mixing the first solution with dry payload or payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a resultant solution.
Another embodiment provides a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; ii) mixing the first composition with a payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a first solution.
One embodiment provides a method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; ii) mixing the first composition with second composition comprising dry payload; iii) mixing the first composition and the second composition together with an aqueous first solution, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs.
It was unexpectedly discovered that RNA containing LNP can be prepared using methods according to present embodiments over a much shorter period than previously known methods.
In some embodiments, a first process of mixing of LNP components e.g., cationic lipids, neutral lipids, pegylated lipids, and/or cholesterol) is performed followed by second process of dialysis or tangential flow filtration thereby forming a LNP solution comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNP) free of any destabilizing agents (e.g., ethanol).
In certain embodiments, the first process is carried out in acetate (aqueous) buffer at a pH ranging from 5.5 to 6.5, from 5.6 to 6.6, from 5.7 to 6.7, from 5.8 to 6.8, from 5.9 to 6.9, from 6.0 to 7.0, from 5.4 to 6.4, from 5.3 to 6.3, from 5.2 to 6.2, from 5.1 to 6.1, or from 5.0 to 6.0. In some embodiments, the first process is carried out in a solution that comprises ethanol.
In some embodiments, the second process is carried out in acetate (aqueous) buffer at a pH ranging from 5.5 to 6.5, from 5.6 to 6.6, from 5.7 to 6.7, from 5.8 to 6.8, from 5.9 to 6.9, from 6.0 to 7.0, from 5.4 to 6.4, from 5.3 to 6.3, from 5.2 to 6.2, from 5.1 to 6.1, or from 5.0 to 6.0. In some embodiments,
In some embodiments, the time taken for the first and second processes (together) is less than 48 hours as measured from the mixing the LNP components until a next step in a process is taken (e.g., a third process). In some embodiments, the time taken for the first and second processes (together) is less than 36 hours, less than 24 hours, less than 12 hours, or less than 8 hours. In some embodiments, the first and second processes (together) take more than more than 12 hours, more than 18 hours, more than 24 hours, more than 36 hours, or more than 48 hours.
In certain embodiments, a third process comprises mixing the LNP solution with a (aqueous) solution comprising a payload (e.g., mRNA) thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a payload-LNP solution.
In some embodiments, the time taken for the third process is less than 4 hours as measured from the mixing until a next step in a process is taken (e.g., a fourth process). In some embodiments, the time taken for the third process is less than 3 hours, less than 2 hours, less than 1.5 hours, less than 1 hour, less than 30 minutes, less than 15 minutes, or less than 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the third process takes more than 5 minutes, more than 15 minutes, more than 30 minutes, more than 1 hour, more than 1.5 hours, more than 2 hours, or more than 3 hours.
In certain embodiments, the third process is performed at ambient temperature. In some embodiments, the third process is performed at a temperature ranging from 15°C to 30°C, from 20°C to 30°C, from 25°C to 30°C, from 15°C to 25°C, or from 15°C to 20°C.
In some embodiments, a fourth process comprises diluting the payload-LNP solution with an aqueous buffer (e.g., 2* phosphate buffered saline (PBS)). In certain embodiments, the fourth process further comprises mixing after diluting.
In some embodiments, the time taken for the fourth process is less than 2 hours as measured from the diluting until a next step in a process is taken (e.g., a fifth process). In some embodiments, the time taken for the fourth process is less than 1.5 hours, less than 1 hour, or less than 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the time taken for the fourth process is more than 30 minutes, more than 1 hour, more than 1.5 hours, or more than 2 hours.
In some embodiments, a fifth process comprises adding a solution comprising sucrose (e.g., an aqueous solution) to the solution produces by a fourth process. In certain embodiments,
the fifth process further comprises mixing after diluting. In some embodiments, the fifth process comprises filtration after diluting. In some embodiments, the aqueous buffer of the fifth process is added in a 1 : 1 ratio to the payload-LNP solution (e.g., vol : vol or wt : wt). In some embodiments, the solution comprising sucrose further comprises PBS.
In some embodiments, the time taken for the fifth process is less than 30 minutes as measured from the adding until the solution produced by the fifth process is placed in a freezer (e.g., a freezer set to -80°C). In some embodiments, the time taken for the fifth process is less than 20 minutes, less than 15 minutes, less than 10 minutes, or less than 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the time taken for the fifth process is more than 5 minutes, more than 10 minutes, more than 15 minutes, more than 20 minutes, or more than 25 minutes.
In some embodiments, RNA (e.g., mRNA) is mixed with LNPs that do not yet encompass a payload. In some embodiments, RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.05 to 2.0 mg/mL. In some embodiments, RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.05 to 1.75, from 0.05 to 1.5, from 0.05 to 1.25, from 0.05 to 1.15, from 0.05 to 1.0, from 0.05 to 0.75, from 0.05 to 0.65, from 0.05 to 0.5, from 0.05 to 0.35, from 0.05 to 0.25, from 0.05 to 0.15, from 0.05 to 0.10, from 0.05 to 0.085, from 0.05 to 0.075 mg/mL. In certain embodiments, RNA is mixed at a concentration ranging from 0.065 to 2.0, from 0.075 to 2.0, from 0.085 to 2.0, from 1.0 to 2.0, from 1.15 to 2.0, from 1.25 to 2.0, from 1.35 to 2.0, from 1.5 to 2.0, from 1.65 to 2.0, from 1.75 to 2.0, from 1.85 to 2.0, or from 1.95 to 2.0 mg/mL. In some more specific embodiments, RNA is mixed at a maximum concentration of 1.05 mg/mL or 0.065 mg/mL. In some embodiments, the RNA is mixed in an acetate buffer at a pH ranging from 5.25 to 5.75 (e.g., 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, etc.). In some embodiments, the RNA is mixed in a phosphate buffer at a pH ranging from 5.6 to 6.0 (e.g., 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, etc.).
In some embodiments, the LNPs in the first solution or the first composition do not encapsulate payload. In certain embodiments, pH of the first solution is less than 7.0. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.8. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.5. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 6.4, less than 6.3, less than 6.2, less than 6.1, less than 6.0, less than 5.9, less than 5.8, or less than 5.7. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 5.0. In some embodiments, the pH of the first solution is less than 5.7. In certain embodiments, the pH of the first solution ranges from 4.5 to 7.4, from 5.5 to 6.5, or from 5.7 to 6.2.
In some embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.1 to 1.5, from 0.1 to 1.0, from 0.1 to 0.5, from 0.2 to 0.5, from
0.5 to 0.5, from 0.3 to 0.6, from 0.2 to 0.6, or from 0.4 to 0.8. In certain embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0. In some embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.7. In certain embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.5, less than 0.3 or less than 0.1. In some embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.2, or at least 1.5. In certain embodiments, the difference between the pH of the first solution and pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.3 to 1.0, from 0.2 to 0.9, from 0.1 to 1.1, from 0.1 to 0.8, or from 0.2 to 0.7.
In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 70%. In certain embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 80%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 85%. In certain embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 88%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 90%. In some embodiments, an encapsulation efficiency is at least 95%.
In certain embodiments, the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.0 to 7.8. In some embodiments, the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.5 to 7.8. In certain embodiments, the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 7.0 to 7.5.
In some embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 20 to 120 nm, or from 30 to 90 nm, from 40 to 120 nm, from 50 to 120 nm, or from 30 to 100 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 60 to 100 nm. In some embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 70 to 90 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 90 nm. In some embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 80 nm. In certain embodiments, the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 70 nm, less than 60 nm, or less than 50 nm.
In some embodiments, the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is an organic solvent. In certain embodiments, the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, sodium dodecyl sulfate, or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the temperature of the first solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C immediately before mixing. In certain embodiments, temperature of the second solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C during mixing. In some embodiments, the temperature of the resultant solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C immediately after mixing.
In certain embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 20 to 90 mol% or 30 to 90 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 40 to 55 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 46 to 49 mol% of the ionizable lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more component selected from neutral lipids, steroids, and polymer conjugated lipids.
In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a neutral lipid at a concentration ranging from about 5 to about 15 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In certain embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a steroid at a concentration ranging from about 30 to about 50 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
In some embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a pegylated lipid at a concentration ranging from 0.1 to 10 mol%, from 0.1 to 5 mol%, from 0.1 to 3 mol%, from 0.1 to 2 mol%, from 0.1 to 1 mol%, 0.5 to 10 mol%, from 0.5 to 5 mol%, from 0.5 to 3 mol%, from 0.5 to 2 mol%, from 0.5 to 1 mol%, 1.0 to 10 mol%, from 1.0 to 5 mol%, from 1.0 to 3 mol%, from 1.0 to 2 mol%, 1.5 to 10 mol%, from 1.5 to 5 mol%, from
1.5 to 3 mol%, from 1.5 to 2 mol%, 2.0 to 10 mol%, from 2.0 to 5 mol%, from 2.0 to 3 mol%,
2.5 to 10 mol%, from 2.5 to 5 mol%, or from 2.5 to 3 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
In certain embodiments, the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
L1 and L2 are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-,
-S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 is C1-C2 alkylene, -(C=O)-, -O(C=O)-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)- or a direct bond;
G2 is -C(=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -C(=O)NRa- or a direct bond;
G3 is Ci-Ce alkylene;
Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
Rla and Rlb are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) Rla is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and Rlb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent Rlb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R2a and R2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R3a and R3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a): H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R4a and R4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R5 and R6 are each independently H or methyl;
R7 is C4-C20 alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
In certain embodiments, the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: one of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-,
-SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or -NRaC(=O)O-, and the other of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, ,NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 and G2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkylene or C1-C12 alkenylene;
G3 is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene;
Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
R1 and R2 are each independently C6-C24 alkyl or C6-C24 alkenyl;
R3 is H, OR5, CN, -C(=O)OR4, -OC(=O)R4 or -NR5C(=O)R4;
R4 is C1-C12 alkyl;
R5 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
In some embodiments, the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R1 is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, or R4 and R5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
L1, L2, and L3 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Cis alkylene;
G1 is a direct bond, -(CH2)nO(C=O)-, -(CH2)n(C=O)O-, or -(C=O)-;
G2 and G3 are each independently -(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)-; and n is an integer greater than 0.
In some embodiments, the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table A or B. In certain embodiments, the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table C.
In certain embodiments, the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more neutral lipids selected from DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, DOPE and SM.
In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is DSPC. In some embodiments, the steroid is cholesterol. In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid. In some
embodiments, the pegylated lipid is PEG-DAG, PEG-PE, PEG-S-DAG, PEG-cer or a PEG dialkyoxypropylcarbamate.
In certain embodiments, the pegylated lipid has the following:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R10 and R11 are each independently a straight or branched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl containing from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro; and z is an integer ranging from 30 to 60.
In some embodiments, R10 and R11 are each independently straight alkyl chain containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the z ranges from 45 to 50.
In some embodiments, the payload is DNA, siRNA, mini circle RNA, PNA, aptamer, guide RNA, PE guide RNA, saRNA, circular RNA, antisense RNA, messenger RNA, Cas9 mRNA, ribonucleoprotein, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the payload is mRNA.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering the payload encapsulated in the LNPs to a patient in need thereof.
One embodiment provides a method for administering a payload encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) to a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering the lipid nanoparticle prepared according to any one of the embodiments of this disclosure.
In some embodiments, the administering is performed within 72 hours of the mixing. In certain embodiments, the administering is performed within 24 hours of the mixing. In some embodiments, the administering is performed within 12 hours of the mixing. In certain embodiments, the administering is performed within 4 hours of the mixing.
In some embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient. In certain embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient.
In some embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 150 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the amount of payload is less than 100 micrograms or less than 75 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of payload ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
One embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the LNP produced by the method of this disclosure and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
Another embodiment provides a kit comprising: i) an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; and ii) dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents.
Another embodiment provides a kit comprising an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
One embodiment provides a kit comprising a dry first composition comprising i) a dry plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; and ii) a first solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
In some embodiments, the kit further comprises dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises instructions for mixing the first solution with the dry LNPs, the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, a majority of the payload is encapsulated by the LNPs when the first solution is mixed with the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the kit includes one or more unit doses of a payload comprising a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 150 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 75 micrograms. In some embodiments, the unit dose ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
In one embodiment, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
L1 and L2 are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-,
-S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 is C1-C2 alkylene, -(C=O)- , -O(C=O)-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)- or a direct bond;
G2 is -C(=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -C(=O)NRa- or a direct bond;
G3 is Ci-Ce alkylene;
Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
Rla and Rlb are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) Rla is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and Rlb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent Rlb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R2a and R2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R3a and R3b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R4a and R4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R5 and R6 are each independently H or methyl;
R7 is C4-C20 alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
In some embodiments, L1 and L2 are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O- or a direct bond. In other embodiments, G1 and G2 are each independently -(C=O)- or a direct bond. In some different embodiments, L1 and L2 are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O- or a direct bond; and G1 and G2 are each independently - (C=O)- or a direct bond.
In some different embodiments, L1 and L2 are each independently -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRa-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)NRa, -OC(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)O-, -NRaS(O)xNRa-, -NRaS(O)x- or -S(O)xNRa-.
In other of the foregoing embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
In any of the foregoing embodiments, one of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-. For example, in some embodiments each of L1 and L2 are -O(C=O)-.
In some different embodiments of any of the foregoing, one of L1 or L2 is -(C=O)O-. For example, in some embodiments each of L1 and L2 is -(C=O)O-.
In different embodiments, one of L1 or L2 is a direct bond. As used herein, a "direct bond" means the group (e.g., L1 or L2) is absent. For example, in some embodiments each of L1 and L2 is a direct bond.
In other different embodiments of the foregoing, for at least one occurrence of Rla and Rlb, Rla is H or Ci-C 12 alkyl, and R together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent Rlb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
In still other different embodiments, for at least one occurrence of R4a and R4b, R4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
In more embodiments, for at least one occurrence of R2a and R2b, R2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
In other different embodiments of any of the foregoing, for at least one occurrence of R3a and R3b, R3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carboncarbon double bond.
It is understood that "carbon-carbon" double bond refers to one of the following structures:
wherein Rc and Rd are, at each occurrence, independently H or a substituent. For example, in some embodiments Rc and Rd are, at each occurrence, independently H, C1-C12 alkyl or cycloalkyl, for example H or C1-C12 alkyl.
In various other embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
wherein e, f, g and h are each independently an integer from 1 to 12.
In various embodiments, e, f, g and h are each independently an integer from 4 to 10.
In certain embodiments of the foregoing, a, b, c, and d are each independently an integer from 2 to 12 or an integer from 4 to 12. In other embodiments, a, b, c, and d are each independently an integer from 8 to 12 or 5 to 9. In some certain embodiments, a is 0. In some embodiments, a is 1. In other embodiments, a is 2. In more embodiments, a is 3. In yet other embodiments, a is 4. In some embodiments, a is 5. In other embodiments, a is 6. In more embodiments, a is 7. In yet other embodiments, a is 8. In some embodiments, a is 9. In other embodiments, a is 10. In more embodiments, a is 11. In yet other embodiments, a is 12. In some embodiments, a is 13. In other embodiments, a is 14. In more embodiments, a is 15. In yet other embodiments, a is 16.
In some embodiments, b is 1. In other embodiments, b is 2. In more embodiments, b is 3. In yet other embodiments, b is 4. In some embodiments, b is 5. In other embodiments, b is 6. In more embodiments, b is 7. In yet other embodiments, b is 8. In some embodiments, b is 9. In other embodiments, b is 10. In more embodiments, b is 11. In yet other embodiments, b is 12. In some embodiments, b is 13. In other embodiments, b is 14. In more embodiments, b is 15. In yet other embodiments, b is 16.
In some embodiments, c is 1. In other embodiments, c is 2. In more embodiments, c is 3. In yet other embodiments, c is 4. In some embodiments, c is 5. In other embodiments, c is 6. In more embodiments, c is 7. In yet other embodiments, c is 8. In some embodiments, c is 9. In other embodiments, c is 10. In more embodiments, c is 11. In yet other embodiments, c is 12. In some embodiments, c is 13. In other embodiments, c is 14. In more embodiments, c is 15. In yet other embodiments, c is 16.
In some certain embodiments, d is 0. In some embodiments, d is 1. In other embodiments, d is 2. In more embodiments, d is 3. In yet other embodiments, d is 4. In some embodiments, d is 5. In other embodiments, d is 6. In more embodiments, d is 7. In yet other embodiments, d is 8. In some embodiments, d is 9. In other embodiments, d is 10. In more embodiments, d is 11. In yet other embodiments, d is 12. In some embodiments, d is 13. In other embodiments, d is 14. In more embodiments, d is 15. In yet other embodiments, d is 16.
In some embodiments, e is 1. In other embodiments, e is 2. In more embodiments, e is 3. In yet other embodiments, e is 4. In some embodiments, e is 5. In other embodiments, e is 6. In more embodiments, e is 7. In yet other embodiments, e is 8. In some embodiments, e is 9. In other embodiments, e is 10. In more embodiments, e is 11. In yet other embodiments, e is 12.
In some embodiments, f is 1. In other embodiments, f is 2. In more embodiments, f is 3. In yet other embodiments, f is 4. In some embodiments, f is 5. In other embodiments, f is 6. In
more embodiments, f is 7. In yet other embodiments, f is 8. In some embodiments, f is 9. In other embodiments, f is 10. In more embodiments, f is 11. In yet other embodiments, f is 12.
In some embodiments, g is 1. In other embodiments, g is 2. In more embodiments, g is 3. In yet other embodiments, g is 4. In some embodiments, g is 5. In other embodiments, g is 6. In more embodiments, g is 7. In yet other embodiments, g is 8. In some embodiments, g is 9. In other embodiments, g is 10. In more embodiments, g is 11. In yet other embodiments, g is 12.
In some embodiments, h is 1. In other embodiments, e is 2. In more embodiments, h is 3. In yet other embodiments, h is 4. In some embodiments, e is 5. In other embodiments, h is 6. In more embodiments, h is 7. In yet other embodiments, h is 8. In some embodiments, h is 9. In other embodiments, h is 10. In more embodiments, h is 11. In yet other embodiments, h is 12.
In some other various embodiments, a and d are the same. In some other embodiments, b and c are the same. In some other specific embodiments and a and d are the same and b and c are the same.
The sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are factors which may be varied to obtain a lipid having the desired properties. In one embodiment, a and b are chosen such that their sum is an integer ranging from 14 to 24. In other embodiments, c and d are chosen such that their sum is an integer ranging from 14 to 24. In further embodiment, the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are the same. For example, in some embodiments the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d are both the same integer which may range from 14 to 24. In still more embodiments, a. b, c and d are selected such that the sum of a and b and the sum of c and d is 12 or greater.
The substituents at Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a are not particularly limited. In some embodiments, at least one of Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a is H. In certain embodiments Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a are H at each occurrence. In certain other embodiments at least one of Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a is C1-C12 alkyl. In certain other embodiments at least one of Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a is Ci-Cs alkyl. In certain other embodiments at least one of Rla, R2a, R3a, and R4a is Ci-Ce alkyl. In some of the foregoing embodiments, the Ci-Cs alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl or n-octyl.
In certain embodiments of the foregoing, Rla, Rlb, R4a and R4b are C1-C12 alkyl at each occurrence.
In further embodiments of the foregoing, at least one of Rlb, R2b, R3b and R4b is H or Rlb, R2b, R3b and R4b are H at each occurrence.
In certain embodiments of the foregoing, Rlb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent Rlb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a
carbon-carbon double bond. In other embodiments of the foregoing R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond.
The substituents at R5 and R6 are not particularly limited in the foregoing embodiments. In certain embodiments one of R5 or R6 is methyl. In other embodiments each of R5 or R6 is methyl.
The substituents at R7 are not particularly limited in the foregoing embodiments. In certain embodiments R7 is Ce-Ci6 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R7 is C6-C9 alkyl. In some of these embodiments, R7 is substituted with -(C=O)ORb, -O(C=O)Rb, -C(=O)Rb, -ORb, - S(O)xRb, -S-SRb, -C(=O)SRb, -SC(=O)Rb, -NRaRb, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -C(=O)NRaRb, - NRaC(=O)NRaRb, -OC(=O)NRaRb, -NRaC(=O)ORb,
-NRaS(O)xNRaRb, -NRaS(O)xRb or -S(O)xNRaRb, wherein: Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl; Rb is C1-C15 alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2. For example, in some embodiments R7 is substituted with -(C=O)ORb or -O(C=O)Rb. In various of the foregoing embodiments, Rb is branched C1-C15 alkyl. For example, in some embodiments Rb has one of the following structures:
In certain other of the foregoing embodiments, one of R8 or R9 is methyl. In other embodiments, both R8 and R9 are methyl.
In some different embodiments, R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring. In some embodiments of the foregoing, R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5- membered heterocyclic ring, for example a pyrrolidinyl ring. In some different embodiments of the foregoing, R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 6- membered heterocyclic ring, for example a piperazinyl ring.
In still other embodiments of the foregoing ionizable lipids, G3 is C2-C4 alkylene, for example C3 alkylene.
In various different embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table A below.
Table A. Representative ionizable lipids
In one embodiment, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: one of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or
-NRaC(=O)O-, and the other of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, ,NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 and G2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkylene or C1-C12 alkenylene;
G3 is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene; Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
R1 and R2 are each independently C6-C24 alkyl or C6-C24 alkenyl;
R3 is H, OR5, CN, -C(=O)OR4, -OC(=O)R4 or -NR5C(=O)R4;
R4 is C1-C12 alkyl;
R5 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
wherein:
A is a 3 to 8-membered cycloalkyl or cycloalkylene ring;
R6 is, at each occurrence, independently H, OH or C1-C24 alkyl; and n is an integer ranging from 1 to 15.
In other embodiments of the foregoing, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
wherein y and z are each independently integers ranging from 1 to 12.
In any of the foregoing embodiments, one of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-. For example, in some embodiments each of L1 and L2 are -O(C=O)-. In some different embodiments of any of the foregoing, L1 and L2 are each independently -(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)-. For example, in some embodiments each of L1 and L2 is -(C=O)O-.
In some different embodiments of the foregoing, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the following structures:
In some of the foregoing embodiments, n is an integer ranging from 2 to 12, for example from 2 to 8 or from 2 to 4. For example, in some embodiments, n is 3, 4, 5 or 6. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 5. In some embodiments, n is 6.
In some other of the foregoing embodiments, y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 2 to 10. For example, in some embodiments, y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 4 to 9 or from 4 to 6.
In some of the foregoing embodiments, R6 is H. In other of the foregoing embodiments, R6 is C1-C24 alkyl. In other embodiments, R6 is OH.
In some embodiments, G3 is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, G3 is substituted. In various different embodiments, G3 is linear C1-C24 alkylene or linear C1-C24 alkenylene.
In some other foregoing embodiments, R1 or R2, or both, is C6-C24 alkenyl. For example, in some embodiments, R1 and R2 each, independently have the following structure:
wherein:
R7a and R7b are, at each occurrence, independently H or C1-C12 alkyl; and a is an integer from 2 to 12,
wherein R7a, R7b and a are each selected such that R1 and R2 each independently comprise from 6 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, in some embodiments a is an integer ranging from 5 to 9 or from 8 to 12.
In some of the foregoing embodiments, at least one occurrence of R7a is H. For example, in some embodiments, R7a is H at each occurrence. In other different embodiments of the foregoing, at least one occurrence of R7b is Ci-Cs alkyl. For example, in some embodiments, Ci- Cs alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl or n-octyl.
In different embodiments, R1 or R2, or both, has one of the following structures:
In some of the foregoing embodiments, R3 is OH, CN, -C(=O)OR4, -OC(=O)R4 or -NHC(=O)R4. In some embodiments, R4 is methyl or ethyl.
In various different embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table C below.
Table B. Representative ionizable lipids
In one embodiment, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R1 is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, or R4 and R5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
L1, L2, and L3 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Cis alkylene;
G1 is a direct bond, -(CH2)nO(C=O)-, -(CH2)n(C=O)O-, or -(C=O)-;
G2 and G3 are each independently -(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)-; and n is an integer greater than 0.
In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted Ce-Cis alkyl or C14-C18 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is Cs alkyl, C9 alkyl, C10 alkyl, Ci2 alkyl, C14 alkyl, or Ci6 alkyl. In some more specific embodiments, R1 is Ci6 alkenyl. In certain more specific embodiments, R1 is unbranched. In some embodiments, R1 is branched. In certain embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, G1 is a direct bond, -(CH2)nO(C=O)-, or -(CH2)n(C=O)O-. In certain embodiments, G1 is a direct bond. In some more specific embodiments, G1 is - (CH2)n(C=O)O- and n is greater than 1. In some embodiments, n is 1-20. In some embodiments n is 1-10. In some embodiments n is 5-11. In some embodiments, n is 6-10. In certain more specific embodiments, n is 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. In some embodiments, n is 5. In some embodiments, n is 6. In some embodiments, n is 7. In certain embodiments, n is 8. In some embodiments, n is 9. In some embodiments, n is 10.
In some embodiments, L1 is Ci-Ce alkylene. In certain embodiments, L1 is C2 alkylene, C3 alkylene, or C4 alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L1 is unbranched. In certain more specific embodiments, L1 is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, R2 is C8-C24 alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is C8-C24 alkyl. In some more specific embodiments, R2 and R3 are both C8-C24 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each independently Cn alkyl, C12 alkyl, C13 alkyl, C14 alkyl, C15 alkyl, Ci6 alkyl, Cis alkyl, or C20 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is branched. In more specific embodiments, R3 is branched. In some more specific embodiments, R2 and R3 each independently have one of the following structures:
wherein:
R6 and R7 are each independently C2-C12 alkyl.
In some embodiments, R2 and R3 each independently have one of the following structures:
In some embodiments, L2 and L3 are each independently C4-C10 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L2 and L3 are both C5 alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L2 and L3 are both Ce alkylene. In certain embodiments, L2 and L3 are both Cs alkylene. In some more specific embodiments, L2 and L3 are both C9 alkylene. In some embodiments, L2 is unbranched. In some embodiments, L3 is unbranched. In more specific embodiments, L2 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, L2 is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently Ci-Ce alkyl. In more specific embodiments, R4 and R5 are both methyl. In certain embodiments, R4 and R5 are both ethyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is methyl and R5 is n-butyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are both n-butyl. In different embodiments, R4 is methyl and R5 is n-hexyl.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is a 5-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl has the following structure:
In various different embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table C below.
One embodiment provides an ionizable lipid having the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
Lla and Llb are each independently optionally substituted C3-C12 alkyl; Rla is -C(=O)OR4a or -O(C=O)R4a;
Rlb is -C(=O)OR4b or -O(C=O)R4b;
R2 is -NR6(C=O)R5, -(C=O)N(R6)R5 or -(C=O)OR7;
R3 and R6 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl;
R4a, R4b, and R5 are each independently optionally substituted alkyl;
R7 is optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl or optionally substituted arylalkyl; nl is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; and
X is C2-C6 alkylene or C4-C20 alkyleneoxide.
In some embodiments, wherein X is:
wherein: n2 is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; n3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n4 is 2, 3, or 4; and n5 is 2, 3, 4, or 5.
In some embodiments, Lla is C5-C9 alkyl. In certain embodiments, Llb is C5-C9 alkyl. In some embodiments, Lla is C5-, Ce-, C7-, or Cg-alkyl. In certain embodiments, Llb is C5-, Ce-, C7-, or Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, Lla is Cs-alkyl. In certain embodiments, Lla is Ce-alkyl. In some embodiments, Lla is C7-alkyl. In certain embodiments, Lla is Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, Llb is Cs-alkyl. In certain embodiments, Llb is Ce-alkyl. In some embodiments, Llb is C7-alkyl. In certain embodiments, Llb is Cg-alkyl. In some embodiments, Lla is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, Llb is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, Lla is unbranched. In certain embodiments, Llb is unbranched.
In some embodiments, one of Rla is -O(C=O)R4a. In certain embodiments, one of Rla is - (C=O)OR4a. In some embodiments, Rlb is -O(C=O)R4b. In certain embodiments, one of Rlb is - (C=O)OR4b.
In some embodiments, R4a is Cs-C24-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4a is Cio-Cis-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4a is Cn-Cie-alkyl. In some embodiments, R4a is Cn-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4a is Cis-alkyl. In some embodiments, R4a is Ci6-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4b is Cs-C24-alkyl. In some embodiments, R4b is Cio-Cis-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4b is Cn-Ci6-alkyl. In some embodiments, R4b is Cn-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4b is Cn-alkyl. In some embodiments, R4b is Ci6-alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R4a is branched. In some embodiments, R4b is branched. In certain embodiments, R4a is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R4b is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, R4a has one of the following structures:
In some embodiments, R4b has one of the following structures:
In some embodiments, R2 is -NR6(C=O)R5. In certain embodiments, R2 is - (C=O)N(R6)R5. In some embodiments, R5 is C2-Ci6-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is C4-C13- alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is C4-, C7-, Cs-, C10-, or Ci3-alkyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R5 is substituted with hydroxyl In some embodiments, R5 is branched. In certain embodiments, R5 is unbranched. In some embodiments, R5 has one of the following structures:
In certain embodiments, R5 is unbranched. In some embodiments, R5 has one of the following structures:
In some embodiments, R6 is Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-C10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is Ci-C4-alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is Ci-, C2-, C3-, Ce-, Cs-, or Cio-alkyl. In certain embodiments, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, or n-decyl. In some embodiments, R6 is unbranched. In certain embodiments, R6 is methyl or n-butyl. In some embodiments, R6 is un substituted. In some embodiments, R6 is substituted. In some embodiments, R6 is Ci-Ce alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C2-, C3-, C4-, or Ce- alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is -(C=O)OR7.
In some embodiments, R7 is C1-C3 alkyl or C7-C16 arylalkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is C7-C16 arylalkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted.
In certain embodiments, R7 is -CH3 or has the following structure:
In certain embodiments, R7 has the following structure:
In some embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n- hexyl. In some embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted methyl. In some embodiments, R3 is Ci-Ce alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R3 is C2- or C4- alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R3 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments, X is
. For example, in certain aspects the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. For example, in some of these embodiments n2 is 3, 4,
In other embodiments
some such embodiments, the ionizable lipid has the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In different of these embodiments, n3 is 0 or 1. In other embodiments, n4 is 2 or 3. In some other different embodiments, n5 is 3.
In some embodiments, nl is 3, 4, or 5. In certain embodiments, nl is 2. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid has one of the structures set forth in Table D below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
LNPs prepared according to the present disclosure may be used for delivery of therapeutic agents, such as nucleic acids. The components of the LNPs are present in an amount that is effective to form an LNP, encapsulate a therapeutic agent (e.g., a nucleic acid) under mild conditions, and deliver a therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the delivery facilitates treating a particular disease or condition of interest. Appropriate concentrations and dosages can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
An embodiment provides a composition comprising a lipid nanoparticle a therapeutic agent and optionally additional lipid excipients. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises one or more component selected from ionizable lipids, neutral lipids, steroids, and polymer conjugated lipids.
In some embodiments, the therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid is selected from antisense and messenger RNA. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid is mRNA. In some embodiments, the composition is a vaccine (e.g., a COVID-19 vaccine).
Exemplary ionizable lipids (e.g., cationic lipids) and their synthesis can be found in the following publications:
US Patent Nos. US 9,738,593; US 10,221,127; US 10,166,298; US 11,357,856; US 11,712,481; US 11,453,639;
US Patent Publication Nos: US 2018/0185516; US 2022/0106257;
PCT Publication Nos. WO 2017/117528; WO 2016/176330; WO 2018/191719; WO 2018/200943; WO 2019/036000; WO 2019/036028; WO 2019/036030; WO 2019/036008; WO 2019/089828; WO 2020/061426; WO 2020/081938; WO 2021/030701; WO 2023/114944; WO 2023/114939; WO 2023/114943, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Lipids (e.g., ionizable lipids) and their method of preparation are disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 8,569,256, 5,965,542 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. US 2016/0199485, US 2016/0009637, US 2015/0273068, US 2015/0265708, US 2015/0203446, US 2015/0005363, US 2014/0308304, US 2014/0200257, US 2013/086373, US 2013/0338210, US 2013/0323269, US 2013/0245107, US 2013/0195920, US 2013/0123338, US 2013/0022649, US 2013/0017223, US 2012/0295832, US 2012/0183581, US 2012/0172411, US 2012/0027803, US 2012/0058188, US 2011/0311583, US 2011/0311582, US 2011/0262527, US 2011/0216622, US 2011/0117125, US 2011/0091525, US 2011/0076335, US 2011/0060032, US 2010/0130588, US 2007/0042031, US 2006/0240093, US 2006/0083780, US 2006/0008910, US 2005/0175682, US 2005/017054, US 2005/0118253, US 2005/0064595, US 2004/0142025, US 2007/0042031, US 1999/009076 and PCT Pub. Nos. WO 99/39741, WO 2017/004143, WO 2017/075531, WO 2015/199952, WO
2014/008334, WO 2013/086373, WO 2013/086322, WO 2013/016058, WO 2013/086373, WO 2011/141705, and WO 2001/07548, the full disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
Other exemplary lipids and their manufacture are described in the art, for example in the following publications:
US Patent Application Publication No. US 2012/0276209,
Semple et al., 2010, Nat Biotechnol., 28(2): 172-176;
Akinc et al., 2010, Mol Ther., 18(7): 1357-1364;
Basha et al., 2011, Mol Ther, 19(12): 2186-2200;
Leung et al., 2012, J Phys Chem C Nanomater Interfaces, 116(34): 18440-18450;
Lee et al., 2012, Int J Cancer., 131(5): E781-90;
Belliveau et al., 2012, Mol Ther nucleic Acids, 1 : e37;
Jayaraman et al., 2012, Angew Chem Int Ed Engl., 51(34): 8529-8533;
Mui et al., 2013, Mol Ther Nucleic Acids. 2, el39; Maier et al., 2013, Mol Ther., 21(8): 1570-1578; and
Tam et al., 2013, Nanomedicine, 9(5): 665-74, each of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. Lipids and their manufacture can be found, for example, in U.S. Pub. No. 2015/0376115 and 2016/0376224, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In certain embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises one or more neutral lipids selected from DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, DOPE and SM. In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is DSPC. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to the neutral lipid ranges from about 2: 1 to about 8: 1. In certain embodiments, the steroid is cholesterol. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to cholesterol ranges from about 2: 1 to about 1 : 1. In certain embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to cholesterol ranges from about 5: 1 to about 1 : 1 or from about 2: 1 to about 1 : 1.
In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid. In various embodiments, the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid. For example, some embodiments include a pegylated diacylglycerol (PEG-DAG) such as 1 -(monomethoxy -polyethyleneglycol)-2, 3 -dimyristoylglycerol (PEG-DMG), a pegylated phosphatidylethanoloamine (PEG-PE), a PEG succinate diacylglycerol (PEG-S-DAG) such as 4- O-(2’,3 ’ -di(tetradecanoyloxy)propyl- 1 -0-(o -methoxy(polyethoxy)ethyl)butanedioate (PEG-S- DMG), a pegylated ceramide (PEG-cer), or a PEG dialkoxypropylcarbamate such as o-
methoxy(polyethoxy)ethyl-N-(2,3-di(tetradecanoxy)propyl)carbamate or 2,3- di(tetradecanoxy)propyl-N-(o-methoxy(polyethoxy)ethyl)carbamate.
In some embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to the pegylated lipid ranges from about 100: 1 to about 10: 1 or from about 100: 1 to about 25: 1. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of ionizable lipid to pegylated lipid ranges from about 100: 1 to about 20: 1 or from about 100: 1 to about 10: 1. In some embodiments, the pegylated lipid is PEG-DMG. In some embodiments, the pegylated lipid is PEG-DAG, PEG-PE, PEG-S-DAG, PEG-cer or a PEG dialkyoxypropylcarbamate.
In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises at least one pegylated lipid having a structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R10 and R11 are each independently a straight or branched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl containing from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro; and z is an integer ranging from 30 to 60.
In some embodiments, R10 and R11 are each independently straight, alkyl chains containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro. In certain embodiments, R10 and R11 are each independently straight alkyl chains containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently:
In some embodiments, wherein z is an integer ranging from 45 to 50. In some embodiments, wherein z is an integer ranging from 42 to 48. In some embodiments, the at least one pegylated lipid has the following structure ("PEG Lipid 1"):
"PEG Lipid 1" or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a plurality of pegylated lipids. In some embodiments, the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 40 to 55. In some embodiments, the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 40 to 50, or 42 to 48. In some embodiments, the plurality of pegylated lipids has an average value of z ranging from 30 to 55, 30 to 50, 30 to 45, 30 to 40, or 30 to 35. In some embodiments, the plurality of lipids has an average value of z ranging from 35 to 55, 40 to 55, 42 to 55, 45 to 55, or 48 to 55.
Synthesis of pegylated lipids can be found in US Patent No. 9,738,593, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
As used herein, "mol percent," "mole percent," or "mol%" refers to a component’s molar percentage relative to the total number of mols of all components of a lipid nanoparticle excluding a therapeutic agent (e.g., total mols of ionizable lipid(s), neutral lipid(s), steroid(s), and/or polymer conjugated lipid(s)).
In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 20 to about 70 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 35 to about 70 mol%, from about 40 to about 60 mol%, from about 45 to about 50 mol%, from about 45 to about 49 mol%, from about 40 to about 55 mol%, or from about 46 to about 48 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 5 to about 15 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is present at a concentration ranging from about 7 to about 12 mol%, from about 6 to about 11 mol%, or from about 8 to about 13 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
In some embodiments, the steroid is present at a concentration ranging from about 30 to about 60 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the steroid is present at a concentration ranging from about 40 to about 50 mol%, from about 41 to about 49 mol%, or from about 46 to about 44 mol%.
In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 3.5 to about 5.5 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 1.0 to about 3.0 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the concentration of the pegylated lipid ranges from about 1.0 to about 2.5 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
Administration of the lipid nanoparticles of the disclosure can be carried out via any of the accepted modes of administration of agents for serving similar utilities. The pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suspensions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, and aerosols. Typical routes of administering such pharmaceutical compositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal, inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques. Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure are formulated to allow the active ingredients contained therein to be bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient. Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be a single dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the disclosure in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 2000). The composition to be administered will, in any event, contain a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent (e.g., a nucleic acid) of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings of this disclosure.
In some embodiments, the administration is a local administration (e.g., direct injection into an eye or brain).
Some embodiments provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the lipid nanoparticles (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. Certain embodiments provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the lipid nanoparticles (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) and the payload (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. Some other embodiments, provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising the payload (e.g., dry or in an aqueous solution) as defined herein. The composition may be prepared, packaged, or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, or as a plurality of single unit doses. As used herein, a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the
active ingredient (e.g., mRNA). The amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered to a subject or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage. The administration may be via a syringe injection, or an intravenous drip and the unit dose may be contained with a suitable container (e.g., a bottle, vial, ampoule, bag, etc.). The unit dose may be administered over a short period (e.g., under 5 seconds or under 30 seconds) or over a longer period (e.g., over the course of hours or days). In some embodiments, unit dose comprises a payload that is mRNA and is administered as a single injection. In some embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 micrograms. In certain embodiments, the unit dose is less than 100 mg per kg (of the patient). In some embodiments, the unit dose is contained in a syringe.
In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure is in the form of an aqueous solution. In some embodiments, the aqueous solution comprises one or more carrier(s), which may be liquid or dissolve in liquid. In some embodiments, the carrier(s) facilitate aerosol delivery, which is useful in, for example, inhalatory administration. In some embodiments, the administration is via inhalation and the composition is aerosolized. In some embodiments, the composition is administered to treat surfaces with mucosa.
In some embodiments, the administration targets extrahepatic tissue by prolonged circulation. In some embodiments, the administration targets extrahepatic tissue and the LNP includes a targeting moiety (e.g., an antibody).
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a liquid (e.g., an aqueous solution), for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion, or suspension. The liquid may be for delivery by intravenous injection or intramuscular injection, as two examples. In a composition intended to be administered by injection, one or more of surfactant(s), preservative(s), wetting agent(s), dispersing agent(s), suspending agent(s), buffer(s), stabilizer(s), isotonic agent(s), or combinations thereof may be included.
The liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure, whether they be solutions, suspensions, or a similar form, may include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose; agents to act as cryoprotectants such as sucrose or trehalose. The
parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.
In some embodiments, a liquid pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure intended for parenteral administration should contain an amount of a therapeutic agent of the disclosure such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
The pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical composition for topical administration. If intended for transdermal administration, the composition may include a transdermal patch or iontophoresis device.
The pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may be intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug. The composition for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitable nonirritating excipient. Such bases include, without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter, and polyethylene glycol.
The pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may also include an agent that binds to the surface of the lipid nanoparticle of the disclosure and thereby assists in the delivery of the therapeutic agent. Suitable agents that may act in this capacity include a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, or a protein.
The pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may consist of dosage units that can be administered as an aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the disclosure may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems to deliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, sub-containers, and the like, which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undue experimentation may determine preferred aerosols.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be prepared by methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, a pharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection can be prepared by combining the lipid nanoparticles of the disclosure with sterile, distilled water or other carrier to form a solution. A surfactant may be added to
facilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension. Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compound of the disclosure to facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.
The compositions of the disclosure, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, which will vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific therapeutic agent employed; the metabolic stability and length of action of the therapeutic agent; the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate of excretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorder or condition; and the subject undergoing therapy.
Compositions of the disclosure may also be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of one or more other therapeutic agents. Such combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation of a composition of the disclosure and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of the composition of the disclosure and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a composition of the disclosure and the other active agent can be administered to the patient together in a single dosage composition (e.g., an injection), or each agent administered in separate dosage formulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, the compounds of the disclosure and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
Preparation methods for the above compounds and compositions are described herein below and/or known in the art.
Preparation of Lipid Nanoparticle Components
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the process described or incorporated herein the functional groups of intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protecting groups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example, /-butyldimethylsilyl, /-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethyl silyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino include t- butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercapto include -C(O)-R" (where R" is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl), /?-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl esters. Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques, which are known to
one skilled in the art and as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T.W. and P.G.M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed., Wiley. As one of skill in the art would appreciate, the protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
Furthermore, all compounds of this disclosure which exist in free base or acid form can be converted to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts by treatment with the appropriate inorganic or organic base or acid by methods known to one skilled in the art. Salts of lipid components of the disclosure can be converted to their free base or acid form by standard techniques.
It is understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make the ionizable lipids disclosed or incorporated herein using referenced methods or by combining referenced methods with those known to one skilled in the art. In general, starting components for making ionizable lipids may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described in this disclosure.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 1
LIPID NANOPARTICLE FORMATION
The following parameters and procedures were used to test loading of lipid nanoparticles with nucleic acids following formation of lipid nanoparticles (ie., instead of encapsulating the nucleic acid during or concomitant with the lipid nanoparticle formation process - so called "post formulation loading," "post formation loading," or "PFL"). More specifically, for the PFL method the LNPs were formed, lipid solubilizing agents necessary to the formation step (e.g., ethanol) were removed, and the resultant LNPs were then combined with a payload (e.g., mRNA) under specific conditions thereby encapsulating the payload. For these experiments, different methods and steps for loading, and different post-loading neutralization methods were used.
LNP samples for control samples were prepared using standard methods with specific variations as described herein. These general methods are as described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639) with variations specified herein.
A) Preparation of Empty LNP
Individual stock solutions of each of distearoyl phosphatidylcholine (DSPC), cholesterol and PEG Lipid 1 were prepared by weighing out each lipid powder and dissolving in ethanol to achieve a concentration of approximately 10 mg/mL lipid. Using these stock solutions, a mixture containing the lipids in a molar ratio of 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 for ionizable lipid C-18/ DSPC/ cholesterol/ PEG Lipid 1 was prepared by adding appropriate amounts of the stock solutions to 27.6 mg of ionizable lipid C-18 neat oil. The final lipid mixture was diluted with ethanol to achieve a final total lipid concentration of 11.83 mM.
B) Preparation of mRNA payload mRNA encoding hAAT was thawed at room temperature and the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.08 mg/mL. The RNA was then diluted in 10 mM Phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 0.100 mg/mL.
C) Preparation of LNP with RNA stock solution at neutral pH
LNP were prepared by mixing the lipid solution with the aqueous solution of RNA diluted in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 as generally described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639). Briefly, the solutions were combined at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., RNA solution to lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. As shown in Table 1 below, when the LNP are formed as described with the RNA stock at pH 7.4, the RNA is not encapsulated during the mixing process and the resulting LNP suspension is comprised of empty LNP with RNA in solution external to the LNP. This mixture of empty LNP and external RNA was separated into 2 aliquots, and both were dialyzed in 1.5 L of 10 mM phosphate, pH 7.4 for 1.5 hours. The first aliquot (Aliquot 1 in Table 1 below) was transferred to 6 L of Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline pH 7.4 (DPBS) and dialyzed until the samples were collected the next day. The second aliquot (Aliquot 2 in the Table 1 below) was transferred to 2 L of 25 mM Acetate buffer, pH 5.9 and dialyzed for 11.5 hours, after which the sample was transferred to 1 L of DPBS and allowed to dialyze for 6 hours. After the dialysis procedure was completed for Aliquot 2, both LNP formulations were removed from dialysis and filtered (0.2 pm), then analyzed to determine particle size (by dynamic light scattering) and RNA encapsulation efficiency (by Ribogreen). The results are shown in Table 1, below.
Table 1: The effect of intermediate dialysis in Acetate pH 5.9 on post formation loading
Summary
This data demonstrates that a combination of lipids with RNA at neutral pH does not result in encapsulation during the mixing process, but exposure of the resulting mixture to a lower pH condition results in encapsulation after the LNP has initially formed. Moreover, RNA encapsulation in this way does not require any additional aids such as a solvent, surfactant or elevated temperature.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 2
A) Preparation of Empty LNP
Individual stock solutions of each of distearoyl phosphatidylcholine (DSPC), cholesterol and PEG Lipid 1 were prepared by weighing out each lipid powder and dissolving in ethanol to achieve a concentration of approximately 10 mg/mL lipid. Using these stock solutions, a mixture containing the lipids in a molar ratio of 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 for ionizable lipid C- 18/DSPC/cholesterol/PEG Lipid 1 was prepared by adding appropriate amounts of the stock solutions to 30.3 mg of ionizable lipid C-18 neat oil. The final lipid mixture was diluted with ethanol to achieve a final total lipid concentration of 11.83 mM.
B) Preparation of mRNA payload mRNA encoding firefly luciferase was thawed at room temperature and the RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.04 mg/mL. The RNA then was diluted in 10 mM Phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 to a final concentration of 0.100 mg/mL.
C) Preparation of LNP
LNP were prepared by mixing the lipid solution with the aqueous solution of RNA diluted in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 as generally described elsewhere (e.g., US Patent No. 11,453,639). Briefly, the solutions were combined at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., RNA solution to lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. As demonstrated in Formulation Example 1
and confirmed in the first row of Table 2 below, when the LNP are formed as described with the RNA stock at pH 7.4, the RNA is not encapsulated during the mixing process and the resulting LNP suspension is comprised of empty LNP with RNA in solution external to the LNP. This mixture of empty LNP and external RNA was separated into 5 aliquots and dialyzed using 12-14 kDa regenerated cellulose dialysis tubing in 1.4 L of 10 mM phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 for 2 hours. After 2 hours of dialysis in 10 mM phosphate pH 7.4 one of the dialysis bags was transferred into 5L of DPBS and the remaining 4 dialysis bags were transferred to 2L of 25 mM acetate buffer pH 5.9. At each of the time points shown in the Table 2, one of the LNP samples dialyzing in 25 mM acetate buffer was removed, a 200 pL aliquot drawn for in-process analysis of particle size, encapsulation efficiency and pH, and the remaining LNP was transferred to DPBS pH 7.4 to dialyze overnight. After ~16 hours (z.e., dialysis overnight), all the LNP formulations were collected from dialysis and filtered (0.2 pm), then analyzed to determine particle size (by dynamic light scattering) and RNA encapsulation efficiency (by Ribogreen). The results for both in process analyses at the intermediate stage after dialysis in acetate pH 5.9, and the corresponding final products after dialysis in DPBS are shown in Table 2.
Table 2: The effect of intermediate dialysis time in Acetate pH 5.9
Summary
This data demonstrates that encapsulation of nucleic acid can be achieved after the LNP has already formed by exposing the mixture of empty LNP and external RNA to an acidic pH. The encapsulation of RNA occurs without any additional aids (e.g., such as surfactants or solvents or elevated temperature, or requiring encapsulation to occur concomitant with the initial LNP formation.
The data show that the pH of the sample is lowered with time of dialysis in acetate pH 6, which then correlates with significantly increased encapsulation and concomitant minor increases in size, but no effect on polydispersity which remains homogeneously low throughout.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 3
LIPID NANOPARTICLE FORMATION
A) Preparation of Empty LNP
A lipid mixture was prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to the ionizable lipid. The final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid C-18, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM. To prepare the empty LNP an aqueous solution of 25 mM acetate buffer pH 5.9 (z. e. , without RNA) was combined with the lipid solution at a 3 : 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 ml/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. The LNP suspension was collected and allowed to sit at room temperature for approximately 15 min then ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (pH 5.9) at a volume 200-times that of the LNP suspension. Following dialysis, the empty LNP were filtered (0.2 pm) and analyzed to determine physical attributes. Empty LNP samples were stored at 2-8°C for two days and then analyzed for particle size and lipid concentration. Total lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
B) Loading of LNP with mRNA payload mRNA encoding firefly luciferase was thawed at room temperature and a concentration of 1.09 mg/mL was found by measuring absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260nm. The empty LNP solution was diluted in 25 mM acetate buffer, pH 5.9 to achieve a concentration of 3.17 mM total lipid. RNA (0.686 mL, 1.09 mg/mL) was added to the LNP solution by pipetting followed by gently inverting the tube several times. This produced an RNA-LNP mixture with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL. The RNA-LNP mixture was allowed to incubate at room temperature and aliquots (1 mL) were taken at 10, 30, 50, 70 and 90 minutes. At each time point the RNA-LNP aliquot was added to 19 mL of 1 x DPBS. The PBS-diluted RNA-LNP was mixed gently by inversion, then the sample was analyzed for particle size and RNA encapsulation (Table 3). In addition to this dilution timecourse, further aliquots of RNA-LNP (1 mL) were transferred to dialysis bags and dialyzed in DPBS (at 200-times the volume) at the 10, 30, 70, 90 min timepoints. The remaining empty LNP were also dialyzed against PBS from time 0. The dialysis process was
stirred overnight at room temperature, after which the empty LNP formulations were filtered (0.2 pm) and then analyzed to determine particle size and RNA encapsulation.
Table 3: Physical attributes of LNP following 20-fold direct dilution of the PPL RNA-LNP with DPBS.
Summary
This data demonstrates that encapsulation of nucleic acid can be achieved after the LNP has already formed by introducing the RNA to a suspension of LNP held at a mildly acidic pH of 5.9 and then bringing the mixture back to a neutral pH suitable for in vivo administration. The encapsulation of RNA occurs without any additional aids such as surfactants or solvents or temperature, or requiring encapsulation to occur when the LNP are forming.
Preparation of RNA-LNP by direct addition of RNA to a suspension of empty LNP followed by direct dilution in DPBS to neutralize the pH, yields RNA-LNP of a reasonable size and poly dispersity with high RNA encapsulation. The data indicates the encapsulation process is effectively complete (e.g., greater than 95% encapsulation) within 10 minutes although marginal improvement is observed for longer incubation times prior to direct dilution. There is a trend to smaller particle size and higher encapsulation efficiency with additional incubation time prior to direct dilution.
The corresponding samples that are neutralized via dialysis show no trends with pH 5.9 incubation time, again indicating the encapsulation process is complete within the shortest incubation time investigated here (10 minutes). The results generally show smaller sizes, lower polydispersity than corresponding direct dilution samples, and effectively maximum encapsulation efficiency for all incubation times investigated here.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 4
LIPID NANOPARTICLE FORMATION
The following example shows results for the PFL method using different sample neutralization methods post-loading for a range of formulations based on different ionizable cationic lipids.
A) Preparation of Empty LNP
Lipid mixtures were prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to a separate weighing of neat ionizable lipid for each of three ionizable cationic lipids: ionizable lipid A-15, ionizable lipid B-3, and ionizable lipid C-18. The final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5:10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM. To prepare the empty LNP, an aqueous solution of 25 mM acetate buffer pH 5.9 (z.e., without RNA) was combined with the lipid solution at a 3: 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T-mixing system at flow rates of 30 mL/min and of 10 mL/min for the aqueous and organic solutions, respectively. The LNP suspension was collected and allowed to sit at room temperature for approximately 15 min then ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (pH 5.9) at a volume 200-times that of the LNP suspension. Following dialysis, the empty LNP were filtered (0.2 pm) and analyzed for particle size and lipid concentration. Total lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
B) Loading of LNP with mRNA payload
A 1 : 1 molar ratio mixture of 2 mRNA encoding the heavy chain and light chain of an anti-flu IgG antibody was thawed out at room temperature and diluted in nuclease-free water to a working concentration of approximately 1 mg/mL. The RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.12 mg/mL RNA. The empty LNP solution was added to a polypropylene conical tube and was diluted in 25 mM acetate buffer, pH 5.9 to achieve a concentration of 3.17 mM total lipid. 0.806 mL of the 1.12 mg/mL RNA stock was then added to the LNP solution by pipetting followed by gently inverting the tube several times. This produced an RNA-LNP mixture with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL. The RNA-LNP mixture was incubated at room temperature for 90 min.
C) Processing and analysis of the RNA-LNP (neutralization and concentration)
After the incubation period in acetate at pH 5.9 the RNA-LNP mixture was split and either diluted or dialyzed in neutral pH buffer solutions to return the sample to a neutral pH. In this experiment three different methods were investigated for this neutralization step:
5 Dilution with l x DPBS: 1 volume of LNP mixture was added to 4 volumes of DPBS in a polypropylene conical tube. The sample was then concentrated to ~0.6 mg/mL RNA by ultracentrifugation and stored at 2-8 °C overnight.
2x Dilution with 2x DPBS: 1 volume of LNP mixture was added to an equal volume of 2x concentrated DPBS. The sample was then concentrated to -1 mg/mL RNA by ultracentrifugation and stored at 2-8 °C overnight.
Dialysis in DPBS: the LNP mixture was loaded into a dialysis bag and dialyzed against a 1 x DPBS at 200-times the volume of the RNA-LNP mixture in acetate buffer overnight. After dialysis, the sample was then concentrated to -1 mg/mL RNA by ultracentrifugation.
D) Analysis of all LNP
RNA-LNP samples were analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA content using UPLC methods.
E) Test of Freeze/Thaw Stability
After processing as described above, all samples were diluted with DPBS and spiked with an amount of 1.2 M sucrose cryoprotectant appropriate to achieve 300 mM sucrose and 0.8 mg/mL RNA in preparation for frozen storage at -80°C. However, samples processed by 5x dilution in DPBS were not sufficiently concentrated by ultracentrifugation to reach this final target of 0.8 mg/mL RNA, and in these instances the samples received the minimum required dilution with cryoprotectant to achieve 300 mM sucrose in the final solution, with total RNA concentrations for those samples indicated in tables below. After this dilution the samples were passed through a filter (0.2 pm) and aliquoted as required. RNA-LNP formulations were then analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA concentration following a single free/thaw cycle.
Table 4a: Data generated using Formulations based on ionizable lipid A-15 - Size, polydispersity, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
Table 4b: Data generated using Formulations Based on ionizable lipid B-3 - Size, polydispersity, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
Table 4c: Data generated using Formulations based on ionizable lipid C-18 - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
Summary
Tables 4a-c demonstrate that Size/PDI, RNA encapsulation and drug to lipid ratios were all generally within desirable parameters across formulations based on ionizable lipids from three chemically distinct chemical classes, regardless of the variations in post loading sample neutralization strategies employed here. In all cases, the empty LNP stocks displayed a smaller mean size that grew by -15-25 nm in the final state. All samples were stable with respect to freeze/thaw z.e., minor if any growth in size or PDI after freeze/thaw and no impact on encapsulation efficiency.
It is noted that formulations based on ionizable lipid B-3 demonstrated lower encapsulation efficiency at -90% than the -97% or greater observed for other formulations in this study. The apparent pKa of ionizable lipid B-3 is 6.09 compared to 6.35 for ionizable lipid A-15 and 6.45 for ionizable lipid C-18.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 5
LIPID NANOPARTICLE FORMATION
The following example demonstrates alternative PFL conditions for improved encapsulation with formulation based on ionizable lipid B-3 and demonstrates the PFL method for formulations based on a related ionizable lipid B-45 using the original conditions.
A) Preparation of Empty LNP
Lipid mixtures were prepared from appropriate additions of individual lipid stock solutions (10 mg/mL) to a separate weighing of neat ionizable lipid for each of two ionizable cationic lipids: ionizable lipid B-3 and ionizable lipid B-45. The final lipid mixture contained the constituent lipids (ionizable lipid, DSPC, cholesterol, PEG Lipid 1) in a 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 molar ratio at a total lipid concentration of 23.65 mM. This experiment used acetate buffer at 2 different pHs; a lower pH acetate buffer (pH 5.5) was used for ionizable lipid B-3 LNP, whereas the same pH 5.9 buffer as used in earlier examples was used for ionizable lipid B-45. To prepare the empty LNP, an aqueous solution of 25 mM acetate buffer at the pH described above for the corresponding ionizable lipid (z. e. , without RNA) was combined with the lipid solution at a 3 : 1 ratio of aqueous to organic (z.e., aqueous buffer solution to organic lipid solution) using a T- mixing system at flow rates 30 mL/min and of 10 ml/min for the aqueous and organic solutions,
respectively. Suspensions were allowed to rest at room temperature for approximately 15 minutes after mixing was completed. Following this step, ethanol was removed by overnight dialysis of the empty LNP in 25 mM acetate buffer (for ionizable lipid B-3 pH 5.5; for ionizable lipid B-45 pH 5.9) at a volume 200 x greater than that of the LNP preparation (using 12-14 kDa regenerated cellulose dialysis tubing). After dialysis, the empty LNP formulations were filtered using a 0.2 pm syringe filter and analyzed to determine particle size (by dynamic light scattering) and lipid concentration. Total lipid concentration was calculated by first determining the cholesterol concentration using a cholesterol E enzymatic assay and then using the theoretical molar ratio of cholesterol relative to all the lipid components to calculate the total lipid concentration. The total lipid concentration was used to calculate the amount of lipid needed to prepare RNA-loaded LNP at an aminolipid nitrogen to nucleic acid phosphate (N:P) ratio of 6.
B) Loading of LNP with mRNA payload
A 1 : 1 molar ratio mixture of 2 mRNA encoding the heavy chain and light chain of an anti-flu IgG antibody was thawed out at room temperature and diluted in nuclease-free water to a working concentration of approximately 1 mg/mL. The RNA concentration was verified by measuring its absorbance at 260 nm assuming a conversion factor of 40 pg/OD260. This yielded a measured concentration of 1.12 mg/mL RNA. Each of the empty LNP solutions were added to respective tubes and were diluted with either pH 5.5 or pH 5.9 acetate buffer (25mM) for ionizable lipid B-3 or ionizable lipid B-45, respectively, to achieve a concentration of 3.17 mM total lipid in both cases. RNA stock (0.806 mL, 1.12 mg/mL) was then added to each of the LNP solutions by pipetting and gently inverting the tube several times following RNA addition. This produced an RNA-LNP solution with a total lipid concentration of 2.96 mM and an RNA concentration of 0.075 mg/mL. The RNA-LNP mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 90 min.
C) Processing and analysis of the RNA-LNP (neutralization and concentration)
After the incubation period in acetate buffer as described above, the RNA-LNP mixture was split and either diluted or dialyzed in neutral pH buffer solutions to return the sample to a neutral pH. In this experiment two different methods were investigated for this neutralization step:
2x PBS dialysis dilution: After the incubation period the mixture was added to an equal volume of 2x DPBS in a polypropylene conical tube. The DPBS diluted RNA-LNP was analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA concentration.
Dialysis in DPBS: Following incubation the LNP mixture was loaded into a dialysis bag and dialyzed against a 1 x DPBS solution (pH 7.4) at 200* the volume of the LNP mixture in acetate buffer.
D) Analysis of all LNP All final LNP samples were analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA content as previously described.
E) Test of Freeze/Thaw stability
After processing as described above, all samples were diluted with DPBS and spiked with an amount of 1.2 M sucrose cryoprotectant appropriate to achieve 300 mM sucrose and -0.75 mg/mL RNA in preparation for frozen storage at -80°C. After this dilution the samples were passed through a filter (0.2 pm) and aliquoted as required. RNA-LNP formulations were then analyzed for particle size, RNA encapsulation efficiency as well as lipid and RNA concentration following a single free/thaw cycle.
Table 5a: Data generated using Cationic Lipid B-3 (pH 5.5) - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
Table 5b: Data generated using ionizable lipid B-45 (pH 5.9) - Size, encapsulation, and drug-to-lipid ratio.
Summary
The data here demonstrate that the adjustment of pH for the acetate incubation step for the ionizable lipid B-3 based formulation results in high encapsulation consistent with other formulations incubated at pH 5.9 such as shown in earlier examples and for the formulation in this example based on ionizable lipid B-45 which has a related chemical structure but a higher apparent pKa of 6.26 (vs. 6.09 for ionizable lipid B-3). This indicates that maximum encapsulation by the PFL method is dependent on a minimum difference between the apparent pKa of the ionizable lipid and the PFL incubation buffer pH.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 6
HEAD-TO-HEAD IN VIVO COMPARISON 1
This study was commissioned to compare properties of LNP prepared using conventional methods or according to embodiments of the methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1). Each formulation was prepared using a ratio of 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 for ionizable lipid / DSPC / cholesterol / PEG Lipid 1
4 formulations were prepared according to conventional methods (e.g., T-mixing, TFF, concentration, etc.) according to the parameters described below:
Table 6a: Parameters for formulations prepared according to conventional methods
Test samples were also prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2* PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 4 formulations were prepared as noted below.
Table 6b: Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
Samples were tested according to the procedure described in Biological Example 2 below using intravenous dosing. Additionally, all LNPs were submitted for a full analysis including RNA integrity, lipid-adduct formation, cryo-electron microscopy, encapsulation detection via UPLC, etc. Samples prepared according to the parameters detailed in Table 6a and 6b are described below.
Table 6c: Physical characteristics for samples 6a-l through 6a-4 and 6b-l through 6b-4
Intensity mean particle diameter
As illustrated in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, both types of formulations showed comparable activity at low doses for sample 6a- 1 vs. sample 6b- 1 and for sample 6a-2 vs. sample 6b-2. Sample 6b-3 was more active than sample 6a-3.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 7 LIPID ADDUCT ASSESSMENT
Samples were tested for the formation of lipid adducts after storage at -80°C. It was discovered that lipid adducts are initially worse for samples prepared using conventional methods (e.g., samples as shown in Table 6a) compared to methods prepared according to embodiments described herein (e.g., samples as shown in Table 6b). Results for lipid adduct testing are shown in FIG. 3 (freshly ran from -80°C) and FIG. 4 (same samples post-dose and storage for 2 weeks at 4°C).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 8
ENCAPSULATION ASSESSMENT
This procedure was used to check that RNA is encapsulated and confirm that RNA is not just adsorbed to the outer surface of the LNP. RiboGreen analysis was performed after dosing (/. e. , after about 1 week of storage at 4°C) and a UPLC assay was performed 6 days later with samples being stored at 4°C in the interim.
RNA encapsulation was similar for both the conventional methods as well as samples prepared according to methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1) according to both the RG analysis and the UPLC assay. Samples tested are shown in Table 6a and 6b. One notable exception is sample 6a-2 appears to show particularly low encapsulation when analyzed by UPLC.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 9
IN VIVO COMPARISON FOR INTRAMUSCULAR DELIVERY
This procedure was used to compare properties of LNPs prepared using conventional methods or methods according to embodiments described herein (e.g, Formulation Example 1) when these formulations are used for intramuscular delivery.
3 formulations were prepared according to conventional methods (e.g., T-mixing, TFF, concentration, etc.) according to the parameters described below:
Table 9a: Parameters for formulations prepared according to conventional methods
Test samples were also prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2/ PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 3 formulations were prepared as noted below.
Table 9b: Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
All samples were prepared using PR8HA mRNA and activity was studied in mice using a prime / boost HAI immunogenicity assay when dosed intramuscularly (IM). All LNP preparations were fully analyzed (e.g., RNA integrity, lipid adduct testing, etc.).
Analysis of the prepared samples showed the following data:
Table 9c: Physical characteristics for samples 9a-l through 9a-3 and 9b-l through 9b-3
Intensity mean particle diameter In sum, LNP samples prepared according to Tables 9a and 9b showed similar immunogenicity independent of preparation method with the notable exception of sample 9b-3 at a dose of 0.5 pg, which had a lower titre. At low dose (0.2 pg), samples 9a-l and 9b-l were less
active than samples 9a-2 and 9b-2 (1.9x) or samples 9a-3 and 9b-3 (3.2x). At higher dose (0.5 pg), immunogenicity was similar for all ionizable lipids.
Size, PDI, encapsulation, and lipid adduct formation generally looks good for samples described in Table 9b. Sizes for these samples are slightly larger than samples prepared according to Table 9a. In vivo activity was similar for both preparations made according to Table 9a and Table 9b across the range of lipids. Lipid adduct data shows RNA integrity and indicates surprisingly reduced levels for samples prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1; see, e.g., Table 9c, FIG. 3). UPLC encapsulation assay confirms good encapsulation in all formulations prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1). Cryo-electron microscope data appears similar for all methods of preparation.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 10
STUDY OF ENCAPSULATION AS A FUNCTION OF RNA MIXING CONCENTRATION
Concentration of RNA at mixing was studied to determine encapsulation efficiency of LNPs prepared according to embodiments of methods described herein (e.g., Formulation Example 1). Namely, test samples were prepared by mixing LNP components via a T-mixer in pH 5.9 acetate or pH 5.5 acetate buffer to yield empty LNPs, dialyzed with pH 5.9 acetate or pH 5.5 acetate buffer to remove ethanol, mixed with mRNA at room temperature to yield encapsulated mRNA, diluted with 2x PBS (1 : 1 ratio) and concentrated via ultrafiltration (Amicon), and diluted for freezing with PBS / sucrose mixture. 3 formulations were prepared as noted below.
Table 10: Parameters for formulations prepared according to methods of the present disclosure
Samples were then mixed with mRNA and encapsulation was determined for a range of concentrations (i.e., for RNA concentrations of 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL for Lipids A-15 and B-3 and RNA concentrations 0.075, 0.15, 0.5, and 1 mg/mL for Lipid C-18). Results for encapsulation and LNP size vs. loading concentrations are shown in FIGs. 9 and 10, respectively. In sum, empty LNP can be mixed with RNA across the range studied, yielding similar particle sizes of RNA loaded LNP.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 11
STUDY OF BUFFER SPECIES
Several buffers were tested to determine which buffer systems were desirable for preparing LNPs according to the present disclosure. Namely, the following buffer systems were tested: citrate buffer: 5, 50 mM pH 6.0 / 5.9 acetate buffer: 25 mM pH 5.9, pH 5.5 phosphate buffer: 5, 10, 20, and 50 mM pH 5.8, pH 5.5
Generally, acetate and phosphate buffer systems worked well. Citrate buffers showed encapsulation below 90% and were more challenging to neutralize with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) than the other buffers tested.
Table Ila: Physical results for citrate buffer systems using a LNP formulated with A-15 and 2.5 % pegylated lipid (pre-dilution with PBS)
Table 11b: Physical results for citrate buffer systems using a LNP formulated with A-15 and 2.5 % pegylated lipid (post-dilution with PBS)
Two different pHs (5.5 and 5.9) were tested for acetate buffer systems. These buffer systems were tested across different RNA loading concentrations and tested for size (FIGs. 11 and 12) and encapsulation efficiency (FIG. 13). The acetate buffer system at pH 5.9 generally led to smaller particle size and lower poly dispersity than the pH 5.5 buffer.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 12
STUDY OF BUFFER CONCENTRATION (ACETATE)
Several buffer concentrations were tested according to embodiments of the disclosure for particle size, PDI, and encapsulation efficiency. RNA-LNP were prepared by adding RNA, buffer, then empty LNPs. RNA loading concentration was 1.0 mg/mL. Formulations were prepared using compound A-15 as the cationic lipid with other components and concentrations as described in Formulation Example 1. Empty LNPs were formulated then stored at 4 °C two weeks prior to mixing. Results are shown in FIG. 14.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 13
RNA LOADING AND PEG CONTENT
PEGylated lipid content of empty LNP was explored to determine whether PEG content influenced loading RNA. LNPs were prepared using ionizable lipid C-18 with a range of different PEG lipid concentrations. Concentrations and physical characteristics are presented below as determined by RG and DLS.
Table 13a: PEG concentrations and data related to the same
LNP loading was determined after 10 minutes of mixing for the data in Table 15a above.
Additionally. The 5 mol % sample was tested over a time course as noted by the data below.
Table 13b: Time course for 5 mol% PEG
As evidenced by the data above, LNP with higher percentages of PEG in their composition take longer to load RNA but do reach a high level of encapsulation over time.
This was investigated further by testing a range of PEG content from 1.8 to 8% PEG with the same ionizable lipid (C-18). Data is shown in FIG. 15, demonstrating the RNA loading of empty LNP for 1.8, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0% PEG content over a period of 24 h. Of the samples studied, RNA loading of over 90% can be achieved after 24 h incubation for all LNP except for the 8% PEG version which reached -70%. This demonstrates the effect of higher PEG% on the loading of RNA in the PFL process.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 14
RNA LOADING OF EMPTY LNP AT DIFFERENT PH
Empty LNP (A-15, B3, D-l, C-18) were studied for loading at different buffer pH by assessing the resulting RNA loaded LNP size and encapsulation efficiency. FIG. 20, 22, 24, and 26 show the particle size (Z-average) and PDI for RNA loaded LNP formulated using buffers at different pH values using ionizable lipids A-15, B-3, D-l, C-18, respectively. In the figures, bars show the Z-average size for LNPs across a range of pH values against the scale on the left; the lines / points show LNPs PDI values against the scale on the right.
FIG. 21, 23, 25, and 27 show a comparison of encapsulation efficiency across pH values for LNPs prepared using the same range of ionizable lipids (A-15, B-3, D-l, C-18, respectively).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 15
UPLC ENCAPSULATION
UPLC can be used to assess the degree of encapsulation during the PFL loading process as has been demonstrated in data presented as FIG. 28 and 29. FIG. 28 shows encapsulation efficiency measured by UPLC as a function of time for a LNP prepared with 1.8 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. This LNP encapsulated RNA at 97% almost immediately.
FIG. 29 is a plot of encapsulation efficiency values shown as a function of time as measured by UPLC for a LNP prepared with 5 mol% of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid A-15. Encapsulation improved from 20% to 67% over the course of 10 hours.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 16
RNASE TREATMENT
The goal of this study to determine the amount of free RNA and if free RNA is accessible to RNase degradation by AGE. RNases include:
RNase Tl : cleaves after G, inhibited by metal ions, optimal at 37°C
Benzonase: cleaves at all positions, requires Mg2+, optimal at 37°C
RNase A: cleaves at pyrimidines C and U, very stable, optimal at 37°C
RNase I: cleaves at all positions, requires NaCl, optimal at 37°C
SI Nuclease: cleaves at all positions but only single stranded, optimal at 37°C
RNase T1 was found to leave a visible band in the middle of the gel if any unencapsulated RNA was present. This was demonstrated by studying a 6% PEG LNP (see, e.g., Formulation Example 13) before it had fully loaded (~1 h incubation). This band gradually decreased in intensity over time as more of the RNA loaded inside the LNP and so was protected from digestion by the RNase.
In another experiment, a 1.8% PEG empty LNP was loaded and tested after incubation for just 10 min. No band in the gel corresponding to unloaded RNA was observed. This is further support that the RNA is encapsulated within the LNP and not just adhered to the outside.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 17
Low PEG LIPID CONTENT
A study was performed to determine the effect of PEG lipid concentration on LNP formulations. Empty LNPs were prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and an ionizable lipid. Physical characteristics were tested of the empty LNPs as well as after a 10- minute incubation with fLuc RNA (RNA loaded LNPs). Results are shown in Tables 17a-d for ionizable lipid C-18; Tables 17e-g for ionizable lipid B-3; and Tables 17h-j for ionizable lipid D- 1.
Table 17a: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
Table 17b: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after 10-minute incubation with RNA, prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
Table 17c: Z-average, PDI and encapsulation efficiency values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C- 18.
Table 17d: Z-average, PDI and encapsulation efficiency values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 8 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid C-18.
Table 17e: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid B-3.
I l l
Table 17f: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid B-3.
Table 17g: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid B-3.
Table 17h: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for empty LNPs prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
Table 17i: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
Table 17j: Z-average and poly dispersity index values are shown for RNA loaded LNPs after storage of the precursor empty LNPs for 4 weeks at 2-8°C and a 10-minute incubation with RNA prepared using different concentrations of PEG Lipid 1 and ionizable lipid D-l.
Empty LNPs can be prepared using low concentrations of PEG lipid. The samples prepared can be stored at 4°C for at least 4 weeks with minimal aggregation. Empty LNPs with low PEG lipid concentration can be rapidly loaded with RNA. The physical attributes of RNA loaded LNPs are essentially unchanged after storage of the empty LNP at 2-8°C for a month or more. These studies indicate that this technique of loading LNPs in a point-of-care situation would enable the use of LNPs with lower PEG lipid composition than with conventional LNP systems (e.g., RNA is loaded into an empty LNP by a medical professional just prior to administration).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 18 POINT OF CARE STUDY
This study was employed to assess the efficacy of formulations prepared using PFL methods in a "point-of-care" situation (e.g., where an RNA and empty LNP are mixed immediately or shortly before injection / administration). Results are displayed graphically in FIG. 30.
LNPs were prepared with ionizable lipid C-18 and the following sample parameters were used.
Table 18a: Sample parameters for "point-of-care" samples prepared and tested.
Empty LNPs were stored at 4°C - RNA-LNP was prepared just prior to administration
Samples (0.5 mg/kg) were then used to dose mice (n = 5 mice per formulation) and serum IgG concentrations were detected. The results are presented in FIG. 30 and in the table below.
Table 18b: Results for samples prepared according to the descriptions noted in Table 21a.
Overall, this data successfully demonstrated comparability for point-of-care LNP preparation compared with a traditional LNP preparation (e.g., sample A).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 19 STABILITY STUDY - EMPTY LNP
Empty LNP stability and subsequent loading was tested to determine efficacy of such samples. Empty LNPs were stored at 2-8°C and -80°C and samples were tested at time points of 48 hours, 7 days, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, and onward. Data was collected for LNP size and PDI. As an initial study, ionizable lipid A-15 was used. Results are illustrated in FIGs. 31-32 for empty LNP and FIGs. 33-35 for RNA loaded LNP after storage as empty LNP. As shown in FIG. 35, all encapsulation efficiencies were greater than 95% at all time-points, even after 6 months of storage. In all, samples loaded with RNA had good physical attributes following storage of the empty LNP. This is true for samples stored at 2-8°C as well as samples stored at -80°C.
In summary, empty LNPs store well at both 2-8°C and -80°C. Following storage, all empty LNPs were successfully loaded with RNA to generate loaded LNPs with good particle characteristics.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 20
STABILITY STUDY - LOADED LNP
Empty LNPs were loaded with fLuc RNA at 0.15 mg/mL via the PFL method described herein as well as traditional T-mixing methods and stored at -80°C at an RNA concentration of 1 mg/mL. The cationic lipids used are as described below.
Table 20: Physical characteristics of samples prepared using PFL methods compared to samples prepared using conventional methods T-mixing) at timepoint 0
Samples were tested every 2 months for various physical properties (e.g., size, PDI, RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, RNA integrity).
Results for the T-mixed samples are shown in FIGs. 36A-C (z-average, PDI, and total lipids, respectively) and FIGs. 38A-C (RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, integrity, respectively). Data for samples prepared using the PFL method is shown in FIGs. 37A-C (z- average, PDI, and total lipids, respectively) and FIGs. 39A-C (RNA content, encapsulation efficiency, integrity, respectively). In all, sample stability for PFL RNA-LNP samples are comparable to that for RNA-LNP samples prepared using T-mixing techniques over the course of 6-months.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 21
EMPTY LNP PARTICLE SIZE AND SUBSEQUENT LOADING EFFICIENCY
Empty LNP of identical composition prepared with one ionizable lipid of A-15, B-3 or B- 45 were each formulated to possess distinctive particle sizes. These empty LNP were loaded with fLuc RNA at 0.075 mg/mL via the PFL method described herein. FIG. 16, 18, and 42A shows the encapsulation efficiency of the RNA loaded particles for each ionizable lipid (B-45, A-15, B- 3, respectively). FIG. 17, 19, and 42B shows the Z-average size of the loaded particles as well as the magnitude of the size change between the loaded and empty LNP for each ionizable lipid (B- 45, A-15, B-3, respectively).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 22
NUCLEIC ACID VARIANTS
To assess whether the PFL method can be utilized as means of successfully encapsulating a range of different nucleic acids, empty LNPs were formulated using either ionizable lipid B-3 or ionizable lipid C-18 and were subsequently loaded with the following nucleic acids:
siRNA (Invitrogen silencer negative control),
Cas9 mRNA/gRNA mixture at a 1 : 1 ratio (mg/mg): Cas9 gRNA; or saRNA: encoding for the Covid- 19 pre-fusion spike protein
These nucleic acids were loaded into empty LNP to achieve a final nucleic acid concentration of 0.075 mg/mL and incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes prior to neutralization with 2* DPBS. Particle size and PDI of the RNA loaded LNPs are shown in FIG. 43 A and FIG. 43B for ionizable lipid B-3 and ionizable lipid C-18, respectively. Encapsulation efficiency for both lipid compositions is shown in FIG. 43C. All nucleic acids encapsulated with >90% efficiency regardless of the lipid species used in the formulation. Particle size was somewhat dependent on the type of nucleic acid used, with the saRNA and siRNA loaded LNPs being larger than those formulated with the Cas9 mRNA/gRNA mix. LNP loaded with siRNA showed low poly dispersity (around 0.01) regardless of lipid species, whilst LNP loaded with saRNA tended to be more polydisperse (0.098 for ionizable lipid B-3 and 0.11 for ionizable lipid C-18).
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 23
EFFECT OF NACL CONCENTRATION
A study was conducted to determine the effect of sodium chloride concentration on RNA- LNP formulated via the PFL method. Empty LNPs were prepared using either ionizable lipid B-3 or ionizable lipid C-18 in 25 mM acetate pH 5.5 or pH 5.9 respectively. Each of these acetate buffers contained the following amounts of sodium chloride: 0 mM, 50 mM, 137 mM, 500 mM. The particle size (Z-average) of the empty LNP formulations is shown in FIG. 44A. Particles showed a slight decrease in size when formulated in the presence of 50 mM NaCl, however, particle size increased as NaCl concentration was raised further. Empty LNP were then loaded with fLuc RNA at 0.075 mg/mL using the PFL method as described herein. FIG. 44B and FIG. 44C show the particle size (z-average) and encapsulation efficiency of the loaded LNP respectively. Loaded particle size was almost identical between LNP formulated with 50 mM NaCl or in formulation prepared in the absence of NaCl. However, a noticeable size increase was observed when formulated at 137 mM NaCl. Formulation at 500 mM NaCl yielded particles with sizes identical to those of the empty LNP. Encapsulation efficiency dropped to zero for both ionizable lipids tested when formulated with 500 mM NaCl. Encapsulation generally remained high for the other concentrations that were tested, with only a slight drop observed for the
ionizable lipid C-18 LNP formulated at 137 mM NaCl. In summary, all LNPs tested can be formulated at NaCl concentrations of up to 137 mM.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 24
EFFECT OF N:P ON PFL LOADING
To investigate the effect of N:P ratio on the PFL method a series of different N:P ratios were used from 9 to 3 (9, 7.5, 6, 4.5, 3), using ionizable lipid C-18. FIG. 40 shows LNP z- average size and PDI as a function of the N:P ratio and FIG. 41 shows encapsulation efficiency for the same LNP as a function of N:P ratio.
There is a clear inverse trend for increasing RNA loaded LNP size for decreasing N:P. Encapsulation does not appear to be affected by N:P in this range, showing near quantitative loading across the range studied.
FORMULATION EXAMPLE 25
SUMMARY
LNPs made using the PFL method have comparable behavior to methods prepared using conventional (e.g., T-mixing) techniques. A PFL method works over a broad range of missing concentrations (z.e., empty LNP to RNA) with high success rates. In some embodiments, pH is a critical component for successful loading and can be dependent on the cationic lipid pKa. In some embodiments, the concentration of PEG (e.g., the PEGylated lipid) in the LNP shell affects the speed of the RNA loading.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 1
EFFICACY ASSESSMENT
The following protocol is used to determine efficacy of nucleic acid molecules encapsulated in lipid nanoparticle formulations according to the present disclosure using an in vivo luciferase mRNA expression model in rodents.
Lipid nanoparticles encompassing nucleic acids are prepared according to the example described above. Studies are performed in 6-8-week-old female C57BL/6 mice (Charles River) 8-10-week-old CD-I (Harlan) mice (Charles River) according to guidelines established by an institutional animal care committee (ACC) and the Canadian Council on Animal Care (CCAC). Varying doses of mRNA-lipid nanoparticle are systemically administered by tail vein injection
and animals euthanized at a specific time point (e.g., 4 hours) post-administration. Liver and spleen are collected in pre-weighed tubes, weights determined, immediately snap frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored at -80 °C until processing for analysis.
For liver, approximately 50 mg is dissected for analyses in 2 mL FastPrep tubes (MP Biomedicals, Solon OH). A" ceramic sphere (MP Biomedicals) is added to each tube and 500 pL of Gio Lysis Buffer - GLB (Promega, Madison WI) equilibrated to room temperature is added to liver tissue. Liver tissues are homogenized with the FastPrep24 instrument (MP Biomedicals) at 2 x 6.0 m/s for 15 seconds. Homogenate is incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes prior to a 1 :4 dilution in GLB and assessed using SteadyGlo Luciferase assay system (Promega). Specifically, 50 pL of diluted tissue homogenate is reacted with 50 pL of SteadyGlo substrate, shaken for 10 seconds followed by 5-minute incubation and then quantitated using a CentroXS3 LB 960 luminometer (Berthold Technologies, Germany). The amount of protein assayed is determined by using the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce, Rockford, IL). Relative luminescence units (RLU) are then normalized to total pg protein assayed. To convert RLU to ng luciferase a standard curve is generated with QuantiLum Recombinant Luciferase (Promega).
The FLuc mRNA (L-6107) from Trilink Biotechnologies expresses a luciferase protein, originally isolated from the firefly, photinus pyralis. FLuc is commonly used in mammalian cell culture to measure both gene expression and cell viability. It emits bioluminescence in the presence of the substrate, luciferin. This capped and polyadenylated mRNA is fully substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
Activity is determined by measuring luciferase expression in the liver 4 hours following administration via tail vein injection. The activity is compared at a dose of 1.0, 0.3, or 0.1 mg mRNA/kg and expressed as ng luciferase/g liver measured 4 hours after administration.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 2
IMMUNOGLOBULIN G (IGG) MRNA IN VIVO EVALUATION USING LIPID NANOPARTICLE COMPOSITIONS
Studies are performed in 6-8-week-old CD-l/ICR mice (Envigo) according to guidelines established by an institutional animal care committee (ACC) and the Canadian Council on Animal Care (CCAC). Varying doses of mRNA-lipid nanoparticle are systemically administered by tail vein injection and animals euthanized at a specific time point (e.g., 24 hours) postadministration. The whole blood is collected, and the serum subsequentially separated by
centrifuging the tubes of the whole blood at 2000 * g for 10 minutes at 4 °C and stored at -80 °C until use for analysis.
For immunoglobulin G (IgG) ELISA (Life Diagnostics Human IgG ELISA kit), the serum samples are diluted at 100 to 15000 folds with l x diluent solution. 100 pL of diluted serum is dispensed into anti-human IgG coated 96-well plate in duplicate alongside human IgG standards and incubated in a plate shaker at 150 rpm at 25 °C for 45 minutes. The wells are washed 5 times with l x wash solution using a plate washer (400 pL/well). 100 pL of HRP conjugate is added into each well and incubated in a plate shaker at the same condition above. The wells are washed 5 times again with 1 x wash solution using a plate washer (400 pL/well). 100 pL of TMB reagent is added into each well and incubated in a plate shaker at the same condition above. The reaction is stopped by adding 100 pL of Stop solution to each well. The absorbance is read at 450 nm (A450) with a microplate reader. The amount of human IgG in mouse serum is determined by plotting A450 values for the assay standard against human IgG concentration.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 3
DETERMINATION OF PKA OF FORMULATED LIPIDS
The pKa of each lipid is determined in lipid nanoparticles using an assay based on fluorescence of 2-(p-toluidino)-6-napthalene sulfonic acid (TNS). Lipid nanoparticles comprising a ionizable lipid / DSPC / cholesterol / PEG Lipid 1 (50/10/38.5/1.5 or 47.5: 10:40.7: 1.8 mol%) in PBS at a concentration of 0.4 mM total lipid are prepared using an in-line process according to known methods. TNS is prepared as a 100 pM stock solution in distilled water. Vesicles are diluted to 24 pM lipid in 2 mL of buffered solutions containing 10 mM HEPES, 10 mM MES, 10 mM ammonium acetate, and 130 mM NaCl, where the pH ranged from 2.5 to 11. An aliquot of the TNS solution is added to give a final concentration of 1 pM and following vortex mixing fluorescence intensity is measured at room temperature in a SLM Aminco Series 2 Luminescence Spectrophotometer using excitation and emission wavelengths of 321 nm and 445 nm. A sigmoidal best fit analysis is applied to the fluorescence data and the pKa is measured as the pH giving rise to half-maximal fluorescence intensity.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 4
IMMUNOGENICITY AFTER INTRAMUSCULAR (I.M.) ADMINISTRATION OF LNPS
BALB/c mice were injected intramuscularly into quadriceps with 30 pL LNP-mRNA encoding Influenza A/Puerto Rico/8/1934 Hemagglutinin (HA), formulation at 0.2 or 0.5 pg mRNA dose on Day 0 and Day 14. Blood samples were collected on Day -1 13 and terminal bleed collected at Day 28 and processed to serum. Immunogenicity of LNP formulations was determined by Hemagglutination Inhibition (HAI) Assay.
Hemagglutination Inhibition (HAI) Assay
The samples were diluted 1 :4 with Receptor Destroying Enzyme II (RDE) to inactivate non-specific inhibitors of hemagglutination present in sera. Samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37°C followed by further incubation for 30 minutes at 56°C to inactivate the enzyme. RDE- treated samples were diluted 1 : 10 in 0.85% NaCl. A 1% suspension of turkey red blood cells (TRBCs) was prepared in PBS. Non-specific agglutinins were detected in samples by incubating RDE-treated sera (25 pL), 25 pL PBS and 50 pL 1% TRBC suspension for 30 min at room temperature. If RBCs settle completely in serum-containing wells then serum sample is acceptable for use in the HAI assay.
Verified RDE-treated sera samples were serially diluted in duplicate two-fold in PBS for a total of 12 dilutions ranging from 20 - 40960. Inactivated IFV-A/PR/8/34 (Charles River Laboratories, #10100782) was prepared to a concentration equating to 4 hemagglutinin (HA) units and incubated with sera in a 1 : 1 ratio for 30 minutes at room temperature. The serum/antigen mixture was incubated with the 1% TRBC suspension in a 1: 1 ratio for 30 minutes at room temperature. TRBCs only and antigen only controls were included.
Plates were then analyzed and scored. Each well was examined for the presence of hemagglutination. Inhibition of hemagglutination indicates the presence of HA-specific antibodies. For each serum sample, the highest dilution that completely inhibited hemagglutination was recorded as the HA titer.
The various embodiments described above can be combined to provide further embodiments. All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification, including U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/560,490, filed on March 1, 2024, are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety. Aspects of the embodiments can be modified, if necessary to employ concepts of the various patents, applications, and publications to provide yet further embodiments.
These and other changes can be made to the embodiments considering the above-detailed description. In general, in the following claims, the terms used should not be construed to limit
the claims to the specific embodiments disclosed in the specification and the claims but should be construed to include all possible embodiments along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled. Accordingly, the claims are not limited by the disclosure.
Claims
1. A method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; and ii) mixing the first solution with dry payload or payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a resultant solution.
2. A method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; and ii) mixing the first composition with a payload in a second aqueous solution, wherein the second aqueous solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs in a first solution.
3. A method for encapsulating a payload comprising a nucleic acid within lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), comprising: i) providing a dry first composition comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; ii) mixing the first composition with a second composition comprising dry payload; and iii) mixing the first composition and the second composition together with an aqueous first solution, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0, thereby encapsulating at least a majority of the payload in the LNPs.
4. The method of any one of claims 1-3, wherein the LNPs in the first solution or the first composition do not encapsulate payload.
5. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 7.0.
6. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 6.8.
7. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 6.5.
8. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 6.4, less than 6.3, less than 6.2, less than 6.1, less than 6.0, less than 5.9, less than 5.8, or less than 5.7.
9. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 5.0.
10. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution is less than 5.7.
11. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the pH of the first solution ranges from 4.5 to 7.4, from 5.5 to 6.5, or from 5.7 to 6.2.
12. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.1 to 1.5, from 0.1 to 1.0, from 0.1 to 0.5, from 0.2 to 0.5, from 0.5 to 0.5, from 0.3 to 0.6, from 0.2 to 0.6, or from 0.4 to 0.8.
13. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
14. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.7.
15. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 0.5, less than 0.3 or less than 0.1.
16. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.2, or at least 1.5.
17. The method of any one of claims 1-11, wherein the difference between the pH of the first solution and pKa of the ionizable lipids ranges from 0.3 to 1.0, from 0.2 to 0.9, from 0.1 to 1.1, from 0.1 to 0.8, or from 0.2 to 0.7.
18. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 70%.
19. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 80%.
20. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 85%.
21. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 88%.
22. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 90%.
23. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein an encapsulation efficiency is at least 95%.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.0 to 7.8.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 6.5 to 7.8.
26. The method of claim 1, wherein the pH of the resultant solution ranges from 7.0 to 7.5.
27. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 20 to 200 nm, from 20 to 120 nm, from 30 to 90 nm, from 40 to 120 nm, from 50 to 120 nm, or from 30 to 100 nm.
28. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 60 to 100 nm.
29. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution ranges from 70 to 90 nm.
30. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 90 nm.
31. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 80 nm.
32. The method of any one of claims 1-26, wherein the particle size of the LNPs encapsulating the payload in the first or resultant solution is less than 70 nm, less than 60 nm, or less than 50 nm.
33. The method of any one of claims 1-32, wherein the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is an organic solvent.
34. The method of any one of claims 1-33, wherein the destabilizing agent in the first or second solution is methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, sodium dodecyl sulfate, or combinations thereof.
35. The method of any one of claims 1-34, wherein the temperature of the first solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C immediately before mixing.
36. The method of any one of claims 1-35, wherein the temperature of the second solution is less than 27°C, less than 25°C, or less than 22°C during mixing.
37. The method of claim 1, wherein the temperature of the resultant solution is less than 27°C, less than 25 °C, or less than 22°C immediately after mixing.
38. The method of any one of claims 1-37, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 20 to 90 mol% or 30 to 90 mol% of the ionizable lipids.
39. The method of any one of claims 1-37, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 40 to 55 mol% of the ionizable lipids.
40. The method of any one of claims 1-37, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise 46 to 49 mol% of the ionizable lipids.
41. The method of any one of claims 1-40, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more component selected from neutral lipids, steroids, and polymer conjugated lipids.
42. The method of any one of claim 1-41, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a neutral lipid at a concentration ranging from about 5 to about 15 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
43. The method of any one of claims 1-42, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a steroid at a concentration ranging from about 30 to about 50 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
44. The method of any one of claims 1-43, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise a pegylated lipid at a concentration ranging from 0.1 to 10 mol%, from 0.1 to 5 mol%, from 0.1 to 3 mol%, from 0.1 to 2 mol%, from 0.1 to 1 mol%, 0.5 to 10 mol%, from 0.5 to 5 mol%, from 0.5 to 3 mol%, from 0.5 to 2 mol%, from 0.5 to 1 mol%, 1.0 to 10 mol%, from 1.0 to 5 mol%, from 1.0 to 3 mol%, from 1.0 to 2 mol%, 1.5 to 10 mol%, from 1.5 to 5 mol%, from 1.5 to 3 mol%, from 1.5 to 2 mol%, 2.0 to 10 mol%, from 2.0 to 5 mol%, from 2.0 to 3 mol%, 2.5 to 10 mol%, from 2.5 to 5 mol%, or from 2.5 to 3 mol% of the lipid nanoparticle.
45. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
L1 and L2 are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 is C1-C2 alkylene, -(C=O)-, -O(C=O)-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)- or a direct bond;
G2 is -C(=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -C(=O)NRa- or a direct bond;
G3 is Ci-Ce alkylene;
Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
Rla and Rlb are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) Rla is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and Rlb together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent Rlb and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R2a and R2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R3a and R3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a): H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R4a and R4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R5 and R6 are each independently H or methyl;
R7 is C4-C20 alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
46. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: one of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or -NRaC(=O)O-, and the other of L1 or L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)X-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, ,NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa- or -NRaC(=O)O- or a direct bond;
G1 and G2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkylene or C1-C12 alkenylene;
G3 is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene;
Ra is H or C1-C12 alkyl;
R1 and R2 are each independently C6-C24 alkyl or C6-C24 alkenyl;
R3 is H, OR5, CN, -C(=O)OR4, -OC(=O)R4 or -NR5C(=O)R4;
R4 is C1-C12 alkyl;
R5 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2.
47. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R1 is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, or R4 and R5 join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
L1, L2, and L3 are each independently optionally substituted Ci-Cis alkylene;
G1 is a direct bond, -(CH2)nO(C=O)-, -(CH2)n(C=O)O-, or -(C=O)-;
G2 and G3 are each independently -(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)-; and n is an integer greater than 0.
48. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have the following structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
Lla and Llb are each independently optionally substituted C3-C12 alkyl;
Rla is -C(=O)OR4a or -O(C=O)R4a;
Rlb is -C(=O)OR4b or -O(C=O)R4b;
R2 is -NR6(C=O)R5, -(C=O)N(R6)R5 or -(C=O)OR7;
R3 and R6 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl;
R4a, R4b, and R5 are each independently optionally substituted alkyl;
R7 is optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl or optionally substituted arylalkyl; nl is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; and
X is C2-C6 alkylene or C4-C20 alkyleneoxide.
In some embodiments, wherein X is:
wherein: n2 is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; n3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n4 is 2, 3, or 4; and n5 is 2, 3, 4, or 5.
49. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table A or B.
50. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table C.
51. The method of any one of claims 1-44, wherein the ionizable lipids have one of the structures in Table D.
52. The method of any one of claims 1-51, wherein the plurality of LNPs in the first solution or the resultant solution comprise one or more neutral lipids selected from DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, DOPE and SM.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the neutral lipid is DSPC.
54. The method of any one of claims 41-53, wherein the steroid is cholesterol.
55. The method of any one of claims 41-54, wherein the polymer conjugated lipid is a pegylated lipid.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the pegylated lipid is PEG-DAG, PEG-PE,
PEG-S-DAG, PEG-cer or a PEG dialkyoxypropylcarbamate.
57. The method of claim 55, wherein the pegylated lipid has the following:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
R10 and R11 are each independently a straight or branched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl containing from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is optionally substituted with at least one fluoro; and z is an integer ranging from 30 to 60.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein R10 and R11 are each independently straight alkyl chain containing from 12 to 16 carbon atoms.
59. The method of any one of claims 57-58, wherein the z ranges from 45 to 50.
60. The method of any one of claims 1-59, wherein the payload is DNA, siRNA, mini circle RNA, PNA, aptamer, guide RNA, PE guide RNA, saRNA, circular RNA, antisense RNA, messenger RNA, Cas9 mRNA, ribonucleoprotein, or a combination thereof.
61. The method of any one of claims 1-59, wherein the payload is mRNA.
62. The method of any one of claims 1-61, wherein the method further comprises administering the payload encapsulated in the LNPs to a patient in need thereof.
63. A method for administering a payload encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) to a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering the lipid nanoparticle prepared according to any one of claims 1-61 to the patient.
64. The method of any one of claims 62-63, wherein the administering is performed within 72 hours of the mixing.
65. The method of any one of claims 62-63, wherein the administering is performed within 24 hours of the mixing.
66. The method of any one of claims 62-63, wherein the administering is performed within 12 hours of the mixing.
67. The method of any one of claims 62-63, wherein the administering is performed within 4 hours of the mixing.
68. The method of any one of claims 62-67, wherein the amount of payload is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient.
69. The method of any one of claims 62-67, wherein the amount of payload is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient.
70. The method of any one of claims 62-67, wherein the amount of payload is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient.
71. The method of any one of claims 1-70, wherein the amount of payload is less than 150 micrograms.
72. The method of any one of claims 1-70, wherein the amount of payload is less than 100 micrograms or less than 75 micrograms.
73. The method of any one of claims 1-70, wherein the amount of payload ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
74. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the LNP produced by the method of any one of claims 1-61 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
75. A kit compri sing i) an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the
difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0; and ii) dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents.
76. A kit comprising an aqueous first solution comprising a plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids, wherein the first solution is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
77. A kit comprising a dry first composition comprising i) a dry plurality of LNPs comprising a plurality of ionizable lipids; and ii) a first solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents and the difference between the pH of the first solution and the pKa of the ionizable lipids is less than 1.0.
78. The kit of claim 77, wherein the kit further comprises dry payload comprising a nucleic acid or payload comprising a nucleic acid in a second aqueous solution that is substantially free of any destabilizing agents.
79. The kit of any one of claims 75-78, wherein the kit further comprises instructions for mixing the first solution with the dry LNPs, the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
80. The kit of any one of claims 75-79, wherein a majority of the payload is encapsulated by the LNPs when the first solution is mixed with the dry payload, the second solution, or combinations thereof.
81. The kit of any one of claims 75-80, wherein the kit includes one or more unit doses of a payload comprising a nucleic acid.
82. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 1.5 mg per kg of the patient.
83. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 1.0 mg per kg of the patient.
84. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 0.5 mg per kg of the patient.
85. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 150 micrograms.
86. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 100 micrograms.
87. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose is less than 75 micrograms.
88. The kit of claim 81, wherein the unit dose ranges from 1 to 30 micrograms.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202463560490P | 2024-03-01 | 2024-03-01 | |
| US63/560,490 | 2024-03-01 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025184508A1 true WO2025184508A1 (en) | 2025-09-04 |
Family
ID=95064287
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2025/017844 Pending WO2025184508A1 (en) | 2024-03-01 | 2025-02-28 | Materials and methods for encapsulating therapeutics in lipid nanoparticles |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| TW (1) | TW202543583A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025184508A1 (en) |
Citations (60)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US907699A (en) | 1906-04-24 | 1908-12-22 | William D Moore | Building-block. |
| WO1999039741A2 (en) | 1998-02-03 | 1999-08-12 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Systemic delivery of serum stable plasmid lipid particles for cancer therapy |
| US5965542A (en) | 1997-03-18 | 1999-10-12 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Use of temperature to control the size of cationic liposome/plasmid DNA complexes |
| WO2001007548A1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-02-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cationic charge boosting systems |
| US6197553B1 (en) | 1994-07-15 | 2001-03-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method for large scale plasmid purification |
| US20040142025A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-07-22 | Protiva Biotherapeutics Ltd. | Liposomal apparatus and manufacturing methods |
| US20050017054A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2005-01-27 | Tom Iverson | Flyback transformer wire attach method to printed circuit board |
| US20050064595A1 (en) | 2003-07-16 | 2005-03-24 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering RNA |
| US20050118253A1 (en) | 1998-02-03 | 2005-06-02 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Systemic delivery of serum stable plasmid lipid particles for cancer therapy |
| US20050175682A1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2005-08-11 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Polyethyleneglycol-modified lipid compounds and uses thereof |
| US20060008910A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2006-01-12 | Protiva Biotherapeuties, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering RNA |
| US20060083780A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2006-04-20 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids and methods of use |
| US20070042031A1 (en) | 2005-07-27 | 2007-02-22 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for manufacturing liposomes |
| US20100130588A1 (en) | 2008-04-15 | 2010-05-27 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipid formulations for nucleic acid delivery |
| US20110076335A1 (en) | 2009-07-01 | 2011-03-31 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipid formulations for delivery of therapeutic agents to solid tumors |
| US20110117125A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2011-05-19 | Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Compositions and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2011141705A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel cationic lipids and methods of use thereof |
| US20110311582A1 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2011-12-22 | Muthiah Manoharan | Novel lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics |
| US20120027803A1 (en) | 2010-06-03 | 2012-02-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20120172411A1 (en) | 2010-09-17 | 2012-07-05 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel trialkyl cationic lipids and methods of use thereof |
| US20120251618A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | modeRNA Therapeutics | Delivery and formulation of engineered nucleic acids |
| US20120276209A1 (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2012-11-01 | The University Of British Columbia | Nucleic acid-containing lipid particles and related methods |
| US20120295832A1 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2012-11-22 | Arrowhead Research Corporation | Novel Lipids and Compositions for Intracellular Delivery of Biologically Active Compounds |
| US20130017223A1 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-01-17 | The University Of British Columbia | Methods and compositions for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20130022649A1 (en) | 2009-12-01 | 2013-01-24 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Snalp formulations containing antioxidants |
| WO2013016058A1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2013-01-31 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Novel bis-nitrogen containing cationic lipids for oligonucleotide delivery |
| US20130086373A1 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2013-04-04 | Apple Inc. | Customized content for electronic devices |
| WO2013086373A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| WO2013086322A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Branched alkyl and cycloalkyl terminated biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20130195920A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-08-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20130245107A1 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2013-09-19 | modeRNA Therapeutics | Dlin-mc3-dma lipid nanoparticle delivery of modified polynucleotides |
| US8569256B2 (en) | 2009-07-01 | 2013-10-29 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids and methods for the delivery of therapeutic agents |
| US20130323269A1 (en) | 2010-07-30 | 2013-12-05 | Muthiah Manoharan | Methods and compositions for delivery of active agents |
| US20130338210A1 (en) | 2009-12-07 | 2013-12-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for nucleic acid delivery |
| WO2014008334A1 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2014-01-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Stable non-aggregating nucleic acid lipid particle formulations |
| US20140200257A1 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2014-07-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pegylated lipids and their use for drug delivery |
| US20150203446A1 (en) | 2011-09-27 | 2015-07-23 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Di-aliphatic substituted pegylated lipids |
| WO2015199952A1 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-30 | Acuitas Therapeutics Inc. | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2016176330A1 (en) | 2015-04-27 | 2016-11-03 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Nucleoside-modified rna for inducing an adaptive immune response |
| US20160376224A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2016-12-29 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2017075531A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2017117528A1 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2017-07-06 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20180185516A1 (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2018-07-05 | Sangamo Therapeutics, Inc. | Delivery of target specific nucleases |
| WO2018191719A1 (en) | 2017-04-13 | 2018-10-18 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipid delivery of therapeutic agents to adipose tissue |
| WO2018200943A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-01 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel carbonyl lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2019036030A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036000A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036028A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036008A1 (en) | 2017-08-16 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019089828A1 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2019-05-09 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lamellar lipid nanoparticles |
| WO2020061426A2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2020-03-26 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for manufacturing lipid nanoparticles and liposomes |
| WO2020081938A1 (en) | 2018-10-18 | 2020-04-23 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for lipid nanoparticle delivery of active agents |
| WO2021030701A1 (en) | 2019-08-14 | 2021-02-18 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Improved lipid nanoparticles for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20220106257A1 (en) | 2020-07-16 | 2022-04-07 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids for use in lipid nanoparticles |
| US11357856B2 (en) | 2017-04-13 | 2022-06-14 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for delivery of active agents |
| US11453639B2 (en) | 2019-01-11 | 2022-09-27 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for lipid nanoparticle delivery of active agents |
| US20230181483A1 (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2023-06-15 | Translate Bio, Inc. | Improved mrna-loaded lipid nanoparticles and processes of making the same |
| WO2023114944A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Fluorinated cationic lipids for use in lipid nanoparticles |
| WO2023114943A2 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2023114939A2 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Danisco Us Inc. | Subtilisin variants and methods of use |
-
2025
- 2025-02-28 TW TW114107555A patent/TW202543583A/en unknown
- 2025-02-28 WO PCT/US2025/017844 patent/WO2025184508A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (81)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US907699A (en) | 1906-04-24 | 1908-12-22 | William D Moore | Building-block. |
| US6197553B1 (en) | 1994-07-15 | 2001-03-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method for large scale plasmid purification |
| US5965542A (en) | 1997-03-18 | 1999-10-12 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Use of temperature to control the size of cationic liposome/plasmid DNA complexes |
| US20050118253A1 (en) | 1998-02-03 | 2005-06-02 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Systemic delivery of serum stable plasmid lipid particles for cancer therapy |
| WO1999039741A2 (en) | 1998-02-03 | 1999-08-12 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Systemic delivery of serum stable plasmid lipid particles for cancer therapy |
| WO2001007548A1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-02-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cationic charge boosting systems |
| US20040142025A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-07-22 | Protiva Biotherapeutics Ltd. | Liposomal apparatus and manufacturing methods |
| US20110216622A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2011-09-08 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Liposomal apparatus and manufacturing method |
| US20050064595A1 (en) | 2003-07-16 | 2005-03-24 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering RNA |
| US20060240093A1 (en) | 2003-07-16 | 2006-10-26 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering rna |
| US20120058188A1 (en) | 2003-07-16 | 2012-03-08 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering rna |
| US20050017054A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2005-01-27 | Tom Iverson | Flyback transformer wire attach method to printed circuit board |
| US20050175682A1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2005-08-11 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Polyethyleneglycol-modified lipid compounds and uses thereof |
| US20110091525A1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2011-04-21 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Polyethyleneglycol-modified lipid compounds and uses thereof |
| US20060008910A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2006-01-12 | Protiva Biotherapeuties, Inc. | Lipid encapsulated interfering RNA |
| US20110060032A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2011-03-10 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Lipid encapsulating interfering rna |
| US20060083780A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2006-04-20 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids and methods of use |
| US20110262527A1 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2011-10-27 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids and methods of use |
| US20070042031A1 (en) | 2005-07-27 | 2007-02-22 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for manufacturing liposomes |
| US20110117125A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2011-05-19 | Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Compositions and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20100130588A1 (en) | 2008-04-15 | 2010-05-27 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipid formulations for nucleic acid delivery |
| US20120183581A1 (en) | 2008-04-15 | 2012-07-19 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc | Novel lipid formulations for nucleic acid delivery |
| US20160199485A1 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2016-07-14 | Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Novel lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics |
| US20110311583A1 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2011-12-22 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Novel lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics |
| US20110311582A1 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2011-12-22 | Muthiah Manoharan | Novel lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics |
| US20150265708A1 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2015-09-24 | Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Novel lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics |
| US8569256B2 (en) | 2009-07-01 | 2013-10-29 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids and methods for the delivery of therapeutic agents |
| US20110076335A1 (en) | 2009-07-01 | 2011-03-31 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipid formulations for delivery of therapeutic agents to solid tumors |
| US20120276209A1 (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2012-11-01 | The University Of British Columbia | Nucleic acid-containing lipid particles and related methods |
| US20130022649A1 (en) | 2009-12-01 | 2013-01-24 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Snalp formulations containing antioxidants |
| US20130338210A1 (en) | 2009-12-07 | 2013-12-19 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for nucleic acid delivery |
| US20130017223A1 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-01-17 | The University Of British Columbia | Methods and compositions for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2011141705A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel cationic lipids and methods of use thereof |
| US20130123338A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2013-05-16 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel cationic lipids and methods of use thereof |
| US20120027803A1 (en) | 2010-06-03 | 2012-02-02 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20160009637A1 (en) | 2010-06-03 | 2016-01-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20130323269A1 (en) | 2010-07-30 | 2013-12-05 | Muthiah Manoharan | Methods and compositions for delivery of active agents |
| US20120172411A1 (en) | 2010-09-17 | 2012-07-05 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Novel trialkyl cationic lipids and methods of use thereof |
| US20140200257A1 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2014-07-17 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pegylated lipids and their use for drug delivery |
| US20120251618A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | modeRNA Therapeutics | Delivery and formulation of engineered nucleic acids |
| US20120295832A1 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2012-11-22 | Arrowhead Research Corporation | Novel Lipids and Compositions for Intracellular Delivery of Biologically Active Compounds |
| WO2013016058A1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2013-01-31 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Novel bis-nitrogen containing cationic lipids for oligonucleotide delivery |
| US20150203446A1 (en) | 2011-09-27 | 2015-07-23 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Di-aliphatic substituted pegylated lipids |
| US20130086373A1 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2013-04-04 | Apple Inc. | Customized content for electronic devices |
| US20150005363A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2015-01-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Branched Alkyl And Cycloalkyl Terminated Biodegradable Lipids For The Delivery Of Active Agents |
| US20140308304A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2014-10-16 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| WO2013086373A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20150273068A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2015-10-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| WO2013086322A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Branched alkyl and cycloalkyl terminated biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20130195920A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2013-08-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable lipids for the delivery of active agents |
| US20130245107A1 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2013-09-19 | modeRNA Therapeutics | Dlin-mc3-dma lipid nanoparticle delivery of modified polynucleotides |
| WO2014008334A1 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2014-01-09 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Stable non-aggregating nucleic acid lipid particle formulations |
| US9738593B2 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2017-08-22 | Acuitas Therapeutics Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2015199952A1 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-30 | Acuitas Therapeutics Inc. | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20150376115A1 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-31 | Acuitas Therapeutics Inc. | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2016176330A1 (en) | 2015-04-27 | 2016-11-03 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Nucleoside-modified rna for inducing an adaptive immune response |
| US10221127B2 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2019-03-05 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20160376224A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2016-12-29 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2017004143A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Acuitas Therapeutics Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2017075531A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US11712481B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2023-08-01 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| US10166298B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2019-01-01 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2017117528A1 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2017-07-06 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20180185516A1 (en) | 2016-12-09 | 2018-07-05 | Sangamo Therapeutics, Inc. | Delivery of target specific nucleases |
| US11357856B2 (en) | 2017-04-13 | 2022-06-14 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for delivery of active agents |
| WO2018191719A1 (en) | 2017-04-13 | 2018-10-18 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipid delivery of therapeutic agents to adipose tissue |
| WO2018200943A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-01 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel carbonyl lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
| WO2019036008A1 (en) | 2017-08-16 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036028A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036030A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019036000A1 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2019-02-21 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2019089828A1 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2019-05-09 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lamellar lipid nanoparticles |
| WO2020061426A2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2020-03-26 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Systems and methods for manufacturing lipid nanoparticles and liposomes |
| WO2020081938A1 (en) | 2018-10-18 | 2020-04-23 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for lipid nanoparticle delivery of active agents |
| US11453639B2 (en) | 2019-01-11 | 2022-09-27 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for lipid nanoparticle delivery of active agents |
| US20230181483A1 (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2023-06-15 | Translate Bio, Inc. | Improved mrna-loaded lipid nanoparticles and processes of making the same |
| WO2021030701A1 (en) | 2019-08-14 | 2021-02-18 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Improved lipid nanoparticles for delivery of nucleic acids |
| US20220106257A1 (en) | 2020-07-16 | 2022-04-07 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Cationic lipids for use in lipid nanoparticles |
| WO2023114943A2 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations |
| WO2023114939A2 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Danisco Us Inc. | Subtilisin variants and methods of use |
| WO2023114944A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Acuitas Therapeutics, Inc. | Fluorinated cationic lipids for use in lipid nanoparticles |
Non-Patent Citations (36)
| Title |
|---|
| "Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure", December 2000, WILEY |
| "Oligonucleotide synthesis: a practical approach", 1984, IRL PRESS |
| AKINC ET AL., MOL THER., vol. 18, no. 7, 2010, pages 1357 - 1364 |
| BASHA ET AL., MOL THER, vol. 19, no. 12, 2011, pages 2186 - 2200 |
| BATZER ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 5081 |
| BELLIVEAU ET AL., MOL THER NUCLEIC ACIDS, vol. 1, 2012, pages e37 |
| BERNSTEIN, P.ROSS, J.: "oly (A), poly (A) binding protein and the regulation of mRNA stability", TRENDS BIO SCI, vol. 14, 1989, pages 373 - 377 |
| BOWMAN, J.CAZIZI, B.LENZ, T.K.RAY, P.WILLIAMS, L.D.: "RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE in Recombinant and in vitro RNA syntheses Methods", vol. 941, 2012, HUMANA PRESS, article "RNA in vitro transcription and RNA purification by denaturing PAGE" |
| BRUNELLE, J.L.GREEN, R.: "Chapter Five - In vitro transcription from plasmid or PCR-amplified DNA", METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 530, 2013, pages 101 - 114 |
| DREYFUS, M.REGNIER, P: "The poly (A) tail of mRNAs: Bodyguard in eukaryotes, scavenger in bacteria", CELL, vol. 111, 2002, pages 611 - 613 |
| GREEN, T.W.P.G.M. WUTZ: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, WILEY |
| GRUDZIEN-NOGALSKA, EKOWALSKA, JSU, W.KUHN, A.N.SLEPENKOV, S.V.DARYNKIEWICZ, E.SAHIN, U.JEMIELITY, J.RHOADS, R.E: "Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 288, 2005, HUMANA PRESS, article "Synthetic mRNAs with superior translation and stability properties in Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation" |
| GUHANIYOGI, J.BREWER, G.: "Regulation of mRNA stability in mammalian cells", GENE, vol. 265, 2001, pages 11 - 23, XP004230718, DOI: 10.1016/S0378-1119(01)00350-X |
| HAFEZ, I.M. ET AL., GENE THER, vol. 8, 2001, pages 1188 - 1196 |
| HEILIG, J.ELBING, K. LBRENT, R: "Large-Scale Preparation of Plasmid DNA.", CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, 2001 |
| JAYARAMAN ET AL., ANGEW CHEM INT ED ENGL., vol. 51, no. 34, 2012, pages 8529 - 8533 |
| KAMAKAKA, R. T.KRAUS, W. L.: "In Vitro Transcription", CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN CELL BIOLOGY, 2001 |
| KARIKO, K., MURAMATSU, H., LUDWIG, J. AND WEISSMAN, D.: "Generating the optimal mRNA for therapy: HPLC purification eliminates immune activation and improves translation of nucleoside-modified, protein-encoding mRNA", NUCL ACID RES, vol. 39, 2011, pages e142, XP093126916, DOI: 10.1093/nar/gkr695 |
| KARIKO, K.MURAMATSU, H.WELSH, F.ALUDWIG, JKATO, H.AKIRA, S.WEISSMAN, D.: "Incorporation of Pseudouridine Into mRNA Yields Superior Nonimmunogenic Vector With Increased Translational Capacity and Biological Stability", MOL THER, vol. 16, 2008, pages 1833 - 1840, XP055920956, DOI: 10.1038/mt.2008.200 |
| KARIKO, KWEISSMAN, D: "Naturally occurring nucleoside modifications suppress the immunostimulatory activity of RNA: implication for therapeutic RNA development", CURR OPIN DRUG DISCOV DEVEL, vol. 10, 2007, pages 523 - 532, XP009154595 |
| LEE ET AL., INT J CANCER, vol. 131, no. 5, 2012, pages 781 - 90 |
| LEUNG ET AL., J PHYS CHEM C NANOMATER INTERFACES, vol. 116, no. 34, 2012, pages 18440 - 18450 |
| LINPINSEL, J.LCONN, G.L, GENERAL PROTOCOLS FOR PREPARATION OF PLASMID DNA TEMPLATE |
| LOSICK, R.: "In vitro transcription", ANN REV BIOCHEM, vol. 41, 1972, pages 409 - 46, XP055712693, DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bi.41.070172.002205 |
| LUKAVSKY, P.J.PUGLISI, J.D.: "Large-scale preparation and purification of polyacrylamide-free RNA oligonucleotides", RNA, vol. 10, 2004, pages 889 - 893, XP055915880, DOI: 10.1261/rna.5264804 |
| MAIER ET AL., MOL THER., vol. 21, no. 8, 2013, pages 1570 - 1578 |
| MUI ET AL., MOL THER NUCLEIC ACIDS, vol. 2, 2013, pages e139 |
| OHTSUKA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 2605 - 2608 |
| PARDI, NMURAMATSU, HWEISSMAN, DKARIKO, K.: "Synthetic Messenger RNA and Cell Metabolism Modulation in Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 969, 2013, article "In vitro transcription of long RNA containing modified nucleosides" |
| PATEL PRATIKKUMAR ET AL: "The Importance of Apparent pKa in the Development of Nanoparticles Encapsulating siRNA and mRNA", TRENDS IN PHARMACOLOGICAL SCIENCES., vol. 42, no. 6, 1 June 2021 (2021-06-01), GB, pages 448 - 460, XP093281943, ISSN: 0165-6147, DOI: 10.1016/j.tips.2021.03.002 * |
| REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2000, PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND SCIENCE |
| ROSSOLINI ET AL., MOL. CELL. PROBES, vol. 8, 1994, pages 91 - 98 |
| ROZKOV, ALARSSON, B.GILLSTROM, S.BJORNESTEDT, RSCHMIDT, S. R: "Large-scale production of endotoxin-free plasmids for transient expression in mammalian cell culture", BIOTECHNOL. BIOENG., vol. 99, 2008, pages 557 - 566, XP055734376, DOI: 10.1002/bit.21603 |
| SEMPLE ET AL., NAT BIOTECHNOL., vol. 28, no. 2, 2010, pages 172 - 176 |
| SEMPLE, S.C. ET AL., ADV. DRUG DELIV REV, vol. 32, 1998, pages 3 - 17 |
| TAM ET AL., NANOMEDICINE, vol. 9, no. 5, 2013, pages 665 - 74 |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW202543583A (en) | 2025-11-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7753190B2 (en) | Improved lipid nanoparticles for delivery of nucleic acids | |
| JP7789819B2 (en) | Novel lipid and lipid nanoparticle formulations for nucleic acid delivery | |
| JP7543259B2 (en) | Lipids for lipid nanoparticle delivery of active agents | |
| AU2021308681A1 (en) | Cationic lipids for use in lipid nanoparticles | |
| AU2022249357A9 (en) | Methods for identification and ratio determination of rna species in multivalent rna compositions | |
| JP2020532528A (en) | Method of producing lipid nanoparticles | |
| JP2022501367A (en) | Preparation of lipid nanoparticles and method for administration thereof | |
| WO2018191657A1 (en) | Lipids for delivery of active agents | |
| WO2019036030A1 (en) | Lipids for use in lipid nanoparticle formulations | |
| TW202330457A (en) | Lipid compounds and lipid nanoparticle compositions | |
| WO2025184508A1 (en) | Materials and methods for encapsulating therapeutics in lipid nanoparticles | |
| WO2025106806A1 (en) | Pegylated lipids | |
| WO2025231114A1 (en) | Method of using lipid nanoparticles for intramuscular delivery | |
| WO2025128696A1 (en) | Cationic lipid compounds for use in lipid nanoparticles | |
| WO2025217264A1 (en) | Cationic lipid compounds for use in lipid nanoparticles | |
| HK40096542A (en) | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids | |
| WO2025240833A1 (en) | Galnac lipid compounds for use in lipid nanoparticles | |
| BR112021013654B1 (en) | LIPID COMPOUND, COMPOSITION AND LIPID NANOPARTICLE COMPRISING THE SAME AND THERAPEUTIC USE OF SAID COMPOSITION | |
| HK1260362A1 (en) | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids | |
| HK1260362B (en) | Novel lipids and lipid nanoparticle formulations for delivery of nucleic acids |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25713123 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |